form no.8ca9-ec-11g€¦ · exterior overview cx-9_8ca9-ec-11g_edition1 page12 wednesday, june 29...

Black plate (1,1)

CX-9_8CA9-EC-11G_Edition1 Page1Wednesday, June 29 2011 5:14 PM

Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2011 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan July 2011 (Print1)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Interior Overview .......................................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View A) .................................................... 1-2Interior Equipment (View B) .................................................... 1-3Interior Equipment (View C) .................................................... 1-4

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-5Front .......................................................................................... 1-5Rear ........................................................................................... 1-6

1-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (8,1)

Interior Equipment (View A)

Door-lock knob .................................................................................................. page 3-29Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-29Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-44Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-40Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-65Headlight leveling switch .................................................................................. page 5-65TCS-OFF switch ................................................................................................ page 5-23Power liftgate switch ......................................................................................... page 3-35Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-60Turn and lane-change signal .............................................................................. page 5-66Dashboard illumination knob ............................................................................ page 5-42Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-39Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-68Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Lock release lever .............................................................................................. page 3-65Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-7BSM OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-37

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Interior Overview


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (9,1)

Interior Equipment (View B)

Audio control switches ...................................................................................... page 6-65SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-55Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20Information display .......................................................................................... page 6-186Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-75Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manualGlove compartment ......................................................................................... page 6-194Accessory socket ............................................................................................. page 6-197AT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-11Seat warmer switches ........................................................................................ page 2-18Rear window defroster switch ........................................................................... page 5-73Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-49Coin box .......................................................................................................... page 6-194Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-17Multi information display .................................................................................. page 6-39


Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (10,1)

Interior Equipment (View C)

Overhead lights ................................................................................................ page 6-184SRS air bags ...................................................................................................... page 2-55Seat belt ............................................................................................................. page 2-20Rear entertainment system ................................................................................. page 6-72Center console ................................................................................................. page 6-194Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-48Cup holders ...................................................................................................... page 6-191Sunvisor ........................................................................................................... page 6-183Moonroof switches ............................................................................................ page 3-51Overhead console ............................................................................................ page 6-193Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-66Vanity mirror .................................................................................................... page 6-183Front seat ............................................................................................................. page 2-2Climate control system (Rear) ........................................................................... page 6-14Second-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-9Third-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-13

1-4



Interior Overview


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (11,1)

Front

Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-49Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-26Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-51Door lock ........................................................................................................... page 3-28Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-47Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-32Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (12,1)

Rear

Liftgate .............................................................................................................. page 3-33Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-28Child safety lock ................................................................................................ page 3-32Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-65Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-32Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38Rear view monitor ........................................................................................... page 6-177

1-6



Exterior Overview


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (13,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats (Manually Operated Seats) ..................................... 2-2Front Seats (Electrically Operated Seats) .................................. 2-4Second-Row Seats .................................................................... 2-9Third-Row Seat ....................................................................... 2-13Head Restraints ....................................................................... 2-15Seat Warmerí ......................................................................... 2-18

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-20Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-203-Point Type Seat Belt ............................................................ 2-24Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-26Center-Rear Position Seat Belt (Second-Row Seats) .............. 2-29Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-33Seat Belt Warning Light .......................................................... 2-34Seat Belt Reminder ................................................................. 2-35

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-36Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-36Child-Restraint System Installation Position .......................... 2-41Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-42LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-50

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-55Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions ................ 2-55Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-61How the SRS Air Bags Work .................................................. 2-62SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria .......................................... 2-66Limitations to SRS Air Bag .................................................... 2-67Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystemí .................................................................................. 2-69Monitoring and Maintenance .................................................. 2-74

2-1íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (14,1)

Front Seats (ManuallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

Adjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

CAUTIONBe careful not to place your handsand fingers around moving parts ofthe front seat when adjusting theseat positions to prevent injury.

qSeat Slide

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (15,1)

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (16,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

To adjust the seat height, move the leverup or down.

Down

Up

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)

To increase the seat firmness, pull thelever forward. Push the lever backward todecrease firmness.

Front Seats (ElectricallyOperated Seats)

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Adjust the driver's seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

2-4


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (17,1)

CAUTIONØ The seat-bottom power

adjustment is operated by motors.Avoid extended operation becauseexcessive use can damage themotors.

Ø To prevent the battery fromrunning down, avoid using thepower adjustment when theengine is stopped. The adjusteruses a large amount of electricalpower.

Ø Do not use the switch to makemore than one adjustment at atime.

Ø Be careful not to place your handsand fingers around moving partsof the front seat when adjustingthe seat positions to preventinjury.

qSeat Slide

To slide the seat, move the slide lifterswitch on the outside of the seat to thefront or back and hold it. Release theswitch at the desired position.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with either front seatreclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Always sit in the front passenger seatproperly with the seatback upright andfeet on the floor (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your front passenger seat has weightsensors, sitting in the front passengerseat improperly out of position orwith the seatback reclined too farwhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the frontpassenger sensing system. As a resultthe front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould result in serious injury. Alwayssit upright against the seatback withyour feet on the floor.


Seats

2-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (18,1)

To change the seatback angle, press thefront or rear side of the reclining switch.Release the switch at the desired position.

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

To adjust the seat height, move the switchup or down.

qSeat Position Memoryí

The driver's seat position memoryfunction allows you to program a desiredseat position. The personalized positionscan be easily activated with the simpletouch of a button. The programmedpositions can also be activated whenunlocking the doors using a programmedadvanced key/retractable type key.Seat positions for up to three people canbe programmed into the memory usingthe three available programming buttons.

CAUTIONWhen activating the seat position, donot place your hands or fingersaround the seat bottom. The seatmoves to the desired positionautomatically, and if your hands orfingers are placed around the seatbottom, it could cause injury.

NOTEl Only operate the seat memory function

while the vehicle is parked.l Vehicle maintenance or other reasons

requiring the vehicle battery to bedisconnected will result in the seat positionmemory being erased.In this case, re-program the seat positions.

Programming

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.For each seat position adjustmentmethod refer to the following pages:Seat Slide (page 2-5)Seat Recline (page 2-5)Height Adjustment (page 2-6)

2-6


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (19,1)

2. Press the SET button followed by oneof the programming buttons (1, 2, or 3)within about 5 seconds. A beep soundis heard after the programming iscompleted.

SET button

NOTEIf the programming button (1, 2, or 3) youhave selected is already programmed, it will beoverwritten with the new setting.

Activating the seat to a pre-programmed position

1. Shift the selector lever to the Pposition.

2. Press the programming button (1, 2, or3) that you selected whenprogramming your seat position. Abeep sound is heard after theadjustment to the programmed positionis completed.

NOTEl When the ignition is switched to ACC or off,

a pre-programmed seat position can beactivated regardless of the selector leverposition.

l If the seat is already adjusted to theposition you are activating, the seat doesnot move, however, a beep sound is heardto confirm that the adjustment operation iscompleted.

Activating the seat position whenunlocking with an advanced key/retractable type key

Your desired seat position can beactivated when unlocking the doors.Perform the following procedure using theadvanced key/retractable type key.

1. Adjust the seat to the desired position.

2. Switch the ignition off.

3. Press the SET button next to theprogramming buttons and then theunlock button on the advanced key/retractable type key you want toprogram within about 5 seconds. Abeep sound is heard when the operationis completed.

When the driver's door is unlocked usinga programmed advanced key/retractabletype key, the seat is activated to aprogrammed position if the driver's dooris opened within about 40 seconds. Abeep sound is heard after the adjustmentto the programmed position is completed.


Seats

2-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (20,1)

NOTEl If the seat is already adjusted to the

position you are activating, the seat doesnot move (a beep sound is not heard).

l The advanced key/retractable key cannot beprogrammed while the key is inserted in thekey cylinder.

l If any of the following operations isperformed while activating a seat, theactivation will cancel (After pressing aprogramming button or unlocking the doorswith a programmed advanced key/retractable type key, and while the positionsare being adjusted).l The selector lever is shifted to a position

other than P (The ignition is switchedON).

l Any of the seat adjustment switchesother than a lumbar support switch areoperated.

l The SET button is pressed.l A programming button (1, 2, or 3) is

pressed.l Vehicle locking/unlocking is done using

the transmitter.l The vehicle starts moving.

l (To cancel the seat activation when usinga programmed advanced key/retractabletype key to unlock the doors)Perform the following procedure.l Switch the ignition off.l Press the SET button next to the

programming button (1, 2, or 3) andthen the lock button on the advancedkey/retractable type key within about 5seconds. A beep sound is heard after theoperation is completed.

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)

Manually operated

To increase the seat firmness, pull thelever forward. Push the lever backward todecrease firmness.

Electrically operated

The amount of lumbar support can beadjusted by pressing the switch.To increase the seat firmness, press andhold the front part of the switch to thedesired position, then release it.Press the rear part of the switch todecrease firmness.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (21,1)

Second-Row Seats

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatbacks:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatbacks isdangerous. During a sudden stop orcollision, objects can fly around andbecome projectiles that could hit andinjure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo aresecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place byattempting to slide the seat forwardand backward and rocking theseatback:

Adjustable seats that are not securelylatched are dangerous. In a suddenstop or collision, the seat or seatbackcould move, causing injury.

Adjust the seat only when the vehicle isstopped:

Adjusting the seat while the vehicle ismoving is dangerous. Suddenbraking or a collision could causeserious injury.


All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After adjusting the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

CAUTIONBe careful not to place your handsand fingers around moving parts ofthe second-row seat when adjustingthe seat positions to prevent injury.

NOTEThe second-row seats cannot be removed.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (22,1)

qSeat Slide

To move the seat forward or backward,raise the bar and slide the seat to thedesired position and release the bar.

Make sure the bar returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you do not get the fullprotection from the seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Do not recline a second-row seatbackwhen the third row seat is occupied:

Reclining the second-row seatbackwhen the third-row seat is occupiedis dangerous.Because the clearancein the third-row seat is limited,occupants in the third-row seat couldbe hurt seriously on a reclinedsecond-row seatback.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while pulling the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.

2-10


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (23,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qArmrest

The armrest can be used (no occupant inthe center seat) or placed upright.

qThird-Row Seat Access

After folding the second-row seatseatback and sliding the seat forward, youcan access the third-row seat easily.

Entering/exiting the third-row seat area

Raise the lever on the side of the second-row seat to fold the seatback forward andslide the seat forward.

After entering/exiting the third-rowseat area

1. Return the second-row seatback to itsupright position and lock it after slidingit backward. Make sure it is locked byattempting to lightly move it forwardand backward.

2. Make sure that the center-rear seat beltis routed properly (not under the headrestraint) and the seat belt guide issnapped to the head restraint.


Seats

2-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (24,1)

CAUTIONØ When folding a seatback, always

hold onto the seatback with yourother hand while operating thelever. If the seatback is notsupported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

Ø After entering/exiting the third-row seat area, return the seatbackto its upright position. Otherwise,it could move unexpectedly andcause injury.

qFolding the Second-Row Seats

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, fold the seatbacks forward.

Folding the seatbacks

1. Unfasten the lap portion of the center-rear seat belt (page 2-31) and stow itinto the ceiling recess (page 2-31).

CAUTIONAlways unfasten the lap portion ofthe belt before folding the rear-leftseatback. Leaving the lap portion ofthe belt fastened could causedamage to the seat belt, buckle andseatback.

2. Slide the seat all the way back towardthe rear of the vehicle.

3. Lower the head restraints all the waydown (page 2-15).

NOTEIf the second-row seats cannot be foldedbecause the head restraints for the second-rowseats contact the front seats, remove the headrestraints for the second-row seats.

4. Pull the lever and fold the seatbackforward.

CAUTIONWhen folding a seatback, alwayshold onto the seatback with yourother hand while operating the lever.If the seatback is not supported, itwill flip forward suddenly and couldcause injury.

NOTETo create a flat luggage compartment spacefrom the rear of the vehicle to the back of thefront seats, fold the second-row and third-rowseats (page 2-14).

2-12


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (25,1)

Returning seatbacks to their originalpositions

1. Lift the seatback to its originalposition.Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forwardand back.

2. If the head restraints were removed, re-install them.

3. Route the center-rear seat belt throughthe seat belt guide and fasten it. Checkthat all seat belts are routed properlyfor passenger use (page 2-29).

Third-Row Seat

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatbacks:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatbacks isdangerous. During a sudden stop orcollision, objects can fly around andbecome projectiles that could hit andinjure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo aresecured before driving:


Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place byattempting to rock the seatback:

Adjustable seats that are not securelylatched are dangerous. In a suddenstop or collision, the seat or seatbackcould move, causing injury.


All of the seatbacks play animportant role in your protection in avehicle. Leaving the seatbackunlocked is dangerous as it can allowpassengers to be ejected or thrownaround and baggage to strikeoccupants in a sudden stop orcollision, resulting in severe injury.After returning the seatback at anytime, even when there are no otherpassengers, rock the seatback tomake sure it is locked in place.


Seats

2-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (26,1)

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

NOTEThe third-row seat cannot be removed.

qSplit-Folding the Third-Row Seat

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, fold the seatbacks forward.

To fold third-row seat

1. (With foldable head restraints)Fold the head restraint all the waydown.(page 2-15)(Without foldable head restraints)Lower the head restraints all the waydown (page 2-15).

2. Pull the strap and fold the seatbackforward.

3. Fasten the strap to its original position.

NOTETo create a flat luggage compartment spacefrom the rear of the vehicle to the back of thefront seats, fold the second-row and third-rowseats (page 2-12).

To return third-row seat to its originalposition

1. Return the seatback to its originalposition by pulling its strap.Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forwardand back.

2-14


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (27,1)

2. Fasten the strap to its original positionbetween the seatback and foldingboard.

Board

Strap

3. (With foldable head restraints)Lift the head restraint upward to itsupright position.

Head RestraintsYour vehicle is equipped with headrestraints on all outboard seats and thesecond-row center seat. The headrestraints are intended to help protect youand the passengers from neck injury.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted. In addition, always raise thehead restraints mentioned below whenthey are being used:

Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

(Head restraints which must beraised for use)Ø Second-row center head restraintØ Third-row outboard head

restraints except for foldable headrestraints

qNormal Head Restraints

Height adjustment

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.Adjust the head restraint so that the top iseven with the top of the passenger's ears,never the passenger's neck to preventinjury.


Seats

2-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (28,1)

Front outboard seat

Second-Row outboard seat/Third-Rowoutboard seat

Second-Row center seat

Removal/Installation

To remove the head restraint, pull it upwhile pressing the stop-catch.To install the head restraint, press theuprights into the holes while pressing thestop-catch.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:

Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

Active Head Restraints

The front seats are equipped with activehead restraints.In a rear-end collision, the active headrestraints use the force applied by theoccupant on the seatback toinstantaneously move the head restraintsin the forward direction, reducingexcessive rearward tilting of the head andreducing the load on the neck. The activehead restraints are also highly effective atreducing whip-lash injuries whichcommonly occur in rear-end collisions atlow to mid-range vehicle speeds.

2-16


Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (29,1)

WARNINGØ Always adjust the head restraints

properly as specified in thissection. Failure to do so canreduce the effectiveness of theactive head restraint.

Ø Do not attach any accessories suchas a TV screen to a front seatbackand/or a front head restraint. Alsodo not place heavy items or thickitems, or both in the seatbackpocket. Doing so could reduce theeffectiveness of the active headrestraint in a rear-end collision.

NOTEl The active head restraints operate in a

rear-end collision. The head restraintsreturn to their original position after thecollision.

l The method for adjusting the active headrestraints is the same as non-active headrestraint.

qFoldable Head Restraintsí

The third-row seats are equipped withfoldable head restraints.

NOTEThe foldable head restraints cannot beadjusted or removed.

To fold the head restraint, pull the strapand fold the head restraint downward. Toreturn the head restraint to its uprightposition, lift it upward.

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraints intheir upright positions when the third-row seats are occupied, and make surethey are securely locked in place:

Driving with the head restraintsfolded down is dangerous. With nosupport behind your head, your neckcould be seriously injured in acollision.


Seats

2-17íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (30,1)

Seat Warmerí

The front seats are electrically heated. Theignition must be switched ON.

Press the seat warmer switch to illuminatethe indicator light while the ignition isswitched ON. The mode changes asfollow each time the seat warmer switch ispressed.

OFF

High

Low

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who are intoxicatedØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents to cleanthe seat. It may damage the seatsurface and the heater.

2-18


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (31,1)

NOTEl If the ignition is switched off while the seat

warmer is operating (High or Low) andthen switched ON again, the seat warmerwill automatically operate at thetemperature set before switching off theignition.

l Use the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period of time.

l The temperature of the seat warmer cannotbe adjusted beyond High and Low becausethe seat warmer is controlled by athermostat.


Seats

2-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (32,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts.

Seating Position Types of seat belt

Front seatDriver side 3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor

Passenger side3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode

retractor/automatic locking mode retractorSecond-row seat

Third-row seat

3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractorThis belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use.The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user, but it will lock in positionduring a collision.Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2-22.3-point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor/automatic locking moderetractorIn addition to the emergency locking mode function, this belt has retractors that operate inanother mode, the automatic locking mode, for the child-restraint system.Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2-23.Refer to Installing Child-Restraint Systems on page 2-42.We recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front passengerseat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure anychild-restraint system is secured properly.

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (33,1)

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you muststraighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt tobe used.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat beltpretensioners and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the front seat beltpretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced afterany collision that caused them to deploy. A seat belt with an expended pretensioneror load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all; however, if the frontseat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (34,1)

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-61).

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling itout slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly one time and loosen, then pull it out againslowly.

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (35,1)

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-36).


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (36,1)

3-Point Type Seat Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Lap/shoulder belt

Seat belt tongue

3. Insert the seat belt tongue into the seatbelt buckle until you hear a clicksound.

Seat belt tongue

Seat belt buckle

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (37,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEl When using the center-rear seat belt, refer

to “Center-Rear Position Seat Belt” (page2-29).

l If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

To secure the outboard-third row seatbelts when not in use, insert the belts intotheir seat belt retainers.

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt ifthe seat belt touches your neck, or if itcrosses your arm instead of your shoulder.To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, pushthe adjuster up. To lower the shoulder beltadjuster, pull the adjuster and slide itdown. Make sure the adjuster is locked.

To raise To lower

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:



Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (38,1)

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:The front seat belt retractors remove slackquickly as the air bags are expanding.Any time the air bags and seat beltpretensioners have deployed they must bereplaced.For deployment details, refer to the SRSAir Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-66).(With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat. Fordetails, refer to the driver and frontpassenger occupant classification system(page 2-69).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have notdeployed, the load limiting function mustbe checked by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-24).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

Always have an Authorized MazdaDealer immediately inspect the frontseat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Like the air bags,the front seat belt pretensioners andload limiters will only function onceand must be replaced after anycollision that caused them to deploy.A seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter is stillbetter than wearing no seat belt atall; however, if the front seat beltpretensioners and load limiters arenot replaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase.

2-26


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (39,1)

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or severe frontal, near-frontalcollision or roll-over accident. It will notactivate in most side or rear impacts.(With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)The pretensioner system for the frontpassenger is designed to only deploy inaccordance with the total seated weight onthe front passenger seat.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.


Seat Belt Systems

2-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (40,1)

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

2-28


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (41,1)

Center-Rear Position SeatBelt (Second-Row Seats)

Before using the center-rear lap/shoulderbelt make sure tongue (A) and anchorbuckle (B) are fastened.

(A)

(B)

WARNINGUsing the Seat Belt Guide:

Not using the seat belt guide isdangerous. If the seat belt guide isnot used, the shoulder portion of thecenter-rear seat belt could bemistakenly positioned under thehead restraint; a position that cannotprovide adequate protection in acollision and could result in thecenter-rear passenger being seriouslyinjured or killed. Always make surethe shoulder portion of the center-rear seat belt is on the right side ofthe left-rear head restraint andguided correctly through the seat beltguide.

Seat belt guide

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the seat belt tongue (C).

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.


Seat Belt Systems

2-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (42,1)

3. Insert the seat belt tongue (C) into theseat belt buckle (D) until you hear aclick sound.

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

WARNINGFastening the Center-Rear Seat Beltwith Only One Buckle:

Fastening the center-rear seat beltwith only one buckle is dangerous. Ifonly one pair of seat belt tonguesand buckles is fastened (either seatbelt tongue (C) and seat belt anchorbuckle (D) or seat belt tongue (A) andseat belt buckle (B)), then the seatbelt cannot provide full protection. Ina sudden stop or collision, the usercould slide under the belt and sufferserious injuries. Always make surethat both pairs of seat belt tonguesand buckles are fastened properly.

Positioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:


4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-30


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (43,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.If the belt does not fully retract, pull it outand check for kinks or twists. Then makesure it remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qRetracting the Center Seat Belt(Middle Row) to Lower theSeatbacks for Carrying Cargo

To retract the center belt and lower theseatbacks for carrying cargo, insert asmall object such as a key in the seat beltanchor buckle (B) slot.

(A)

(B)

CAUTIONAlways unfasten the lap portion ofthe belt before folding the left-rearseatback. Leaving the lap portion ofthe belt fastened could causedamage to the seat belt, seat beltbuckle and seatback.

qStowing and pulling out theCenter-Rear Position Seat Belt

The center-rear position seat belt can bestowed using the following procedure.

CAUTIONWhen stowing the seat belt, makesure the belt is locked securely intothe recess. If the seat belt is notproperly stowed, it might get caughtin the seats and be damaged.

To stow the seat belt, retract the belt, putthe seat belt tongues (A) and (C) togetherand insert each tongue into the respectiveceiling recess. Insert the seat belt tonguesuntil you hear a click sound.

(A)

(C)

Ceiling recess


Seat Belt Systems

2-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (44,1)

To pull out the seat belt, press the areaindicated in the figure upward with yourfinger and slide the belt forward. Thenslowly pull out the seat belt from theceiling recess.

NOTEl To encourage rear seat passengers to wear

their seat belts, we suggest leaving thecenter-rear lap position of the belt fastenedat all times except when folding the rearseat forward.

l Pulling the seat belt all the way out willswitch it to automatic locking mode. Ifautomatic locking mode is not needed,retract the seat belt fully to convert it backto emergency locking mode.

qRe-attaching the Seat Belt after theMiddle Row Seatbacks areReturned to their Upright Positions

To re-attach the center seat belt after themiddle row seats are returned to theirupright positions, grasp the seat belttongue (A) and insert it into the seat beltanchor buckle (B) until you hear a clicksound. It is now secure for passenger use.

NOTEAfter returning the left-rear seatback to itsupright position, guide the shoulder portion ofthe belt correctly through the seat belt guideand fasten the lap portion of the belt.

2-32


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (45,1)

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat. If you sell your Mazda, donot leave your seat belt extender inthe vehicle. It could be usedaccidentally by the new owner of thevehicle. After removing the seat beltextender, discard it. Never use theseat belt extender in any othervehicle you may own in the future.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15 cm (6 in).


Seat Belt Systems

2-33


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (46,1)

Do not leave a seat belt extenderconnected to the buckle:

Leaving a seat belt extenderconnected to the buckle withoutusing the seat belt is dangerous.When the seat belt extender isconnected to the driver's seat beltbuckle (or front passenger) seat, theSRS driver's (or front passenger's) airbag system will determine that thedriver (or front passenger) is wearingthe seat belt even if the driver (orfront passenger) is not wearing it.This condition could cause thedriver's (or front passenger's) air bagto not activate correctly and result indeath or serious injury in the event ofcollision. Always wear the seat beltwith the seat belt extender.

Do not use the seat belt extender wheninstalling a child-restraint system onthe front or rear passenger seat:

Using a seat belt extender to fasten achild-restraint system on any seat isdangerous. Always follow the child-restraint system manufacturer'sinstallation instructions and neveruse a seat belt extender.

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver or front passenger's seat isoccupied and the seat belt is not fastenedwith the ignition switched ON.

2-34


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (47,1)

Seat Belt ReminderNOTEConsult an Authorized Mazda Dealer todeactivate or restore the belt reminder. Thoughthe belt reminder can be deactivated, doing sowill defeat the purpose of the system to warnthe driver and the front passenger in the eventthat their seat belts are not fastened. For thesafety of the driver and front passenger, Mazdarecommends not deactivating the beltreminder.

If the vehicle is driven with the driver orfront passenger's seat belt unfastened, theseat belt warning light illuminates and awarning chime sounds.If the driver or front passenger's seat beltis unfastened (only when the frontpassenger seat is occupied) and thevehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), the warninglight will flash and a beep sound will beheard. After a short time, the warninglight stops flashing, but remainsilluminated, and the beep sound stops.

Until a seat belt is fastened or a givenperiod of time has elapsed, the beep soundwill not stop even if the vehicle speedfalls below 20 km/h (12 mph).

NOTEl The warning light flashes and a beep sound

will be heard for about 6 seconds if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition is switched ON.

l If a driver or front passenger's seat belt isunfastened after the beep sound turns off,and the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6mph), the warning light flashes and beepsound activates again.

l Placing heavy items on the front passengerseat may cause the front passenger seat beltwarning function to operate depending onthe weight of the item.

l To allow the front passenger seat weightsensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that thewarning light will not operate.


Seat Belt Systems

2-35


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (48,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if thechild is seated on the center seat.

Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates.

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-69).

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (49,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. Thechild-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (50,1)

Some vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached asshown below. The warning label reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat at any time.

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.

2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (51,1)

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerousunder certain conditions (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors. Even with thefront passenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat to seata child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deployingand could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when

seating a child in the child-restraint system.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger

seatback.Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could causeserious injury or death to an out of position child. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.


Child Restraint

2-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (52,1)

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-50).

2-40


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (53,1)

Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Position

In this owner's manual, explanation ofchild-restraint systems is provided for thefollowing three types of popular child-restraint systems: infant seat, child seat,booster seat.

NOTEl Installation position is determined by the

type of child-restraint system. Always readthe manufacturer's instructions and thisowner's manual carefully.

l Due to variations in the design of child-restraint systems, vehicle seats and seatbelts, all child-restraint systems may not fitall seating positions. Before purchasing achild-restraint system, it should be tested inthe specific vehicle seating position (orpositions) where it is intended to be used. Ifa previously purchased child-restraintsystem does not fit, you may need topurchase a different one that will.

Infant seatAn infant seat provides restraint bybracing the infant's head, neck and backagainst the seating surface.

Child seatA child seat restrains a child's body usingthe harness.

Booster seatA booster seat is a child restraintaccessory designed to improve the fit ofthe seat belt system around the child'sbody.


Child Restraint

2-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (54,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seats. The frontpassenger's seat is clearly the worst choicefor any child under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearlyunsafe due to air bags.

NOTEEven if your vehicle is equipped with frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-69),which automatically deactivates the frontpassenger air bag, a rear seat is the safestplace for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the three positions onthe second-row seats.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-50).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat or the third-rowseats defeats the safety design of thesystem and will result in an increasedchance of serious injury if the child-restraint system goes forwardwithout benefit of being tethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qSecond-Row Seats Child-Restraint System Installation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-50).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may use LATCHsystem instead of seat belts or if the belt goesacross the child's chest, may recommendagainst using automatic locking mode.

1. When installing the child-restraintsystem on the second-row seat, makesure that the center-rear seat belt isrouted through the seat belt guide.

2-42


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (55,1)

2. If the seat in which you install a child-restraint system has a seat slidefunction, slide the seat as far back aspossible.

3. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

4. Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position.Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-15.

5. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

6. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

7. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin the automatic locking mode. If thebelt does not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

8. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap after raising thehead restraint.


Child Restraint

2-43


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (56,1)

Anchor bracket location

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Forward

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

2-44


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (57,1)

qThird-Row Seats Child-RestraintSystem Installation

The third-row seats cannot accommodateLATCH-type child-restraint systems ortethers, therefore these systems must beinstalled on the other seat positions suchas the second-row seat. If this notpossible, LATCH-type child-restraintsystems should be installed to a third-rowseat using the seat belt depending onwhether the child-restraint manufacturerallows their use without LATCHattachments and tether anchors.

Follow these manufacturer's instructionswhen using a child-restraint system.

NOTEl Follow the child-restraint system

manufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

l (With foldable head restraints)The third-row outboard head restraintscannot be adjusted.

1. (Without foldable head restraints)Raise the head restraint to the toplocked position. Refer to HeadRestraints on page 2-15.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.


4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in theautomatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.


Child Restraint

2-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (58,1)

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseats, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seatwhether your vehicle is equipped with aseat weight sensor or not.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in thesecond-row seats.Do not allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have optional side andcurtain air bags, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so because your vehiclehas side air bags, a front-facingchild-restraint system should be puton the front passenger seat onlywhen it is unavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.

2-46


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (59,1)

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.Even though you may feel assuredthat the front passenger air bag willnot deploy based on the fact that thefront passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates, youshould not use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat.

Do not allow a child or anyone to leanover or against the side window of avehicle with side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. The impact ofinflation from a side or curtain airbag could cause serious injury ordeath to an out of position child.Furthermore, leaning over or againstthe front door could block the sideand curtain air bags and eliminatethe advantages of supplementalprotection. With the front air bag andthe additional side air bag thatcomes out of the front seat, the rearseat is always a better location forchildren. Take special care not toallow a child to lean over or againstthe side window, even if the child isseated in a child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Switch the ignition ON.

2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.


Child Restraint

2-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (60,1)

3. Place the child-restraint system on theseat without putting your weight on theseat and fasten the seat belt. See themanufacturer's instructions on thechild-restraint system for belt routinginstructions.


5. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Aclicking noise from the retractor will beheard during retraction if the system isin automatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat the previous step and also thisone.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

6. Seat your child safely in the child-restraint system and secure the childaccording to the instructions from thechild-restraint system manufacturer.

7. (With Driver and Front PassengerOccupant Classification System)Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.If the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate, remove the child-restraintsystem, switch the ignition to OFF orACC, and then re-install the child-restraint system.Refer to Front Passenger Seat WeightSensors on page 2-69.

2-48


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (61,1)

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminate (With Driver and FrontPassenger Occupant ClassificationSystem):

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-69). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate, this means that thefront passenger front and side airbags, and seat belt pretensioner areready for deployment. If an accidentwere to deploy an air bag, a child ina child-restraint system sitting in thefront passenger seat could beseriously injured or killed. If theindicator light does not illuminateafter seating a child in a child-restraint system on the frontpassenger seat, seat a child in achild-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.


Child Restraint

2-49


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (62,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems the second-row seats. Both anchors must be used,otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they havea tether you must use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraintsystem attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use theseat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position isoccupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

2-50


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (63,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (Second-Row Outboard Seats)

1. Slide the second-row seat as far back aspossible.


3. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

For rear right seat

For rear left seat

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.


5. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

6. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.

Anchor bracket location


Tether strap

Forward


Child Restraint

2-51


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (64,1)







qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (Second-Row Center Seat)

The LATCH lower anchors at the centerof the rear seat are much further apart thanthe sets of LATCH lower anchors forchild-restraint system installation at otherseating positions. Child-restraint systemswith rigid LATCH attachments cannot beinstalled on the center seating position.Some LATCH equipped child-restraintsystems can be placed in the centerposition and will reach the nearestLATCH lower anchors which are 500 mm(19.7 in) apart. LATCH compatible child-restraint systems (with attachments on beltwebbing) can be used at this seatingposition only if the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions state that thechild-restraint system can be installed toLATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm(19.7 in) apart. Do not attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCHlower anchor. If your child-restraintsystem has a tether, it must also be usedfor your child's optimum safety.

2-52


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (65,1)







1. Slide the second-row seat as far back aspossible.


3. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.


5. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions. Pull on thechild-restraint to be sure both anchorsare engaged.

6. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that means it isvery important to properly secure thetether for child safety. Please carefullyfollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions wheninstalling tethers.


Child Restraint

2-53


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (66,1)

Anchor bracket position


Tether strap

Forward

2-54


Child Restraint


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (67,1)

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include 6 air bags. Please verifythe air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRS AIRBAG” locationindicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)l The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectionin certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal, side collisions or roll-overaccidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.


SRS Air Bags

2-55


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (68,1)

If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupantclassification system, refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant ClassificationSystem (page 2-69) for details.If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classificationsystem, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specifiedtime after the ignition is switched ON.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-36).

Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first accident, such as frontal, near frontal, sidecollisions or roll-over accident that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants shouldalways wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. Even if the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as possible. A sleeping child is more likely to lean againstthe door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front-passengerside of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under onthe rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

2-56


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (69,1)

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. Thechild-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Extreme Hazard! Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system on the frontpassenger seat with an air bag that could deploy:

Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected byan airbag in front of it!Even in a moderate collision, the child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying airbag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.


SRS Air Bags

2-57


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (70,1)

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleepingup against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The sideand curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along thedoor on the side the car is hit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting tooclose to the door or leaning against a window, or if rear seat occupants grab thesides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work bysitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts wornproperly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openreleasing the gas.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision or roll-over accident.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

2-58


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (71,1)

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision orroll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and thepossibility of serious injuries.

To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system, heed the following:Ø Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda:

Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda (page 10-6) isdangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detectionssystem from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting inincorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.

Ø Do not overload your vehicle:Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensorsystem from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting inincorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR)for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver'sdoor frame. Do not exceed these ratings.

Ø Do not drive the vehicle off-road:Driving your Mazda off-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not beendesigned to do so. Driving the vehicle off-road could prevent the air bag crashsensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resultingin incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.


SRS Air Bags

2-59


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (72,1)

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.

l On some models, a highly-visible label is displayed which warns against the use of rear-facingchild-restraint systems on the front passenger seat.

2-60


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (73,1)

Supplemental Restraint System Components

Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bagsCrash and roll-over sensor, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-26)Front air bag sensorSide crash sensorsAir bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-65)Side and curtain inflators and air bagsFront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-69)Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-69)Front passenger seat weight sensor control moduleDriver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-73)Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-69)

NOTE- are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification

system.


SRS Air Bags

2-61


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (74,1)

How the SRS Air Bags WorkYour Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags aredesigned to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition tothe seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.

qFront Seat Belt Pretensioners

The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, nearfrontal collisions or roll-over accidents.

qDriver Air Bag

The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, thedriver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chestcaused by directly hitting the steering wheel.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-66).(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.

qFront Passenger Air Bag

The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard. The inflationmechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag, as mentionedabove.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-66).

2-62


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (75,1)

(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with thetotal seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and frontpassenger occupant classification system (page 2-69).

qSide Air Bags

The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thesystem inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side airbag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused bydirectly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-66).(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance withthe total seated weight on the front passenger seat. For details, refer to the driver and frontpassenger occupant classification system (page 2-69).

A side air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.


SRS Air Bags

2-63


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (76,1)

qCurtain Air Bags

The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edgealong both sides.When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, thecurtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboardpassenger's head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.For more details about air bag deployment, refer to “SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria”(page 2-66).In a side impact:Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag onthat side only to inflate.

A curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

In a roll-over:In response to a vehicle roll-over, both curtain air bags inflate.

Both curtain air bags will deploy after a roll-over accident is detected.

2-64


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (77,1)

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked. The warninglight turns off after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantlyilluminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of theseoccur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensionercould accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.

qAir Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems and thewarning light, a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heardfor approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warningbeep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning beepsounding is dangerous. In a collision, the air bags and the front seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon aspossible.


SRS Air Bags

2-65


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (78,1)

SRS Air Bag Deployment CriteriaThis chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the typeof collision.(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)

SRSequipment

Types of collision

A severe frontal/near frontalcollision

A severe sidecollision

A roll-over/nearroll-over

A rear collision

Front seatbelt

pretensionerX*1 (both sides) X*1 (both sides)

No air bag and frontseat beltpretensioner will beactivated in a rearcollision.

Driver airbag

X

Frontpassenger air

bagX*1

Side air bag X*1 (impact side only)

Curtain airbag

X (impact side only) X (both sides)

X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.*1: (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)

The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designedto deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passengerseat.

2-66


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (79,1)

Limitations to SRS Air BagIn severe collisions or roll-overs such as those described previously in “SRS Air BagDeployment Criteria”, the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, insome accidents, the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and itsseverity.

Limitations to front/near front collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not bedetected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle

Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate

Limitations to side collision detection:The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected assevere enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.

Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles


SRS Air Bags

2-67


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (80,1)

Limitations to roll-over detection:The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a roll-over accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may notdeploy.

Pitch end over end

2-68


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (81,1)

Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification Systemí

First, please read “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions” (page 2-55)carefully.

NOTEThis system is equipped on models for the U.S., Canadian and Puerto Rican markets.

qDriver Seat Slide Position Sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-65).

qFront Passenger Seat Weight Sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. These sensors are located under both of the front passengerseat rails. These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat andmonitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed toprevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system fromdeploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightilluminates. Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illumination conditions.

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.


SRS Air Bags

2-69íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (82,1)

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are normal, the indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds.

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Condition detected by thefront passenger occupant

classification system

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

system

Empty (Not occupied)*1 Off Deactivated Deactivated

Child or child-restraintsystem*2 On Deactivated Deactivated

Adult*3 Off Ready Ready

*1 : If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

*2 : If a larger child sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the child as being an adult dependingon the child's physique.

*3 : If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a childdepending on the person's physique.

The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.

If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart, do notallow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident.

2-70


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (83,1)

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment isdangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced totalseated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seatbelt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. The front passenger willnot have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in seriousinjury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result inan air bag not deploying under the following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.


SRS Air Bags

2-71


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (84,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous. The front passenger seatweight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in theunexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident underthe following conditions, for example:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.Ø Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-47).

2-72


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (85,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the frontpassenger seat receives a severe impact.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint systemaccording to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light still does not illuminate, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated inthe front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on thefloor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightstill illuminates, move the passenger to the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slidethe front passenger seat as far back as possible.

qDriver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.


SRS Air Bags

2-73


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (86,1)

Monitoring and Maintenance

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:

l Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)l Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsl Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning lightl Front seat belt pretensionersl Related wiring(With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)l Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Front passenger seat weight sensor control module

The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when theignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.

qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance. But if any of the following occurs,take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning light flashes.l The air bag system warning light remains illuminated.l The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.l The air bag system warning beep sound is heard.l The air bags have deployed.l (With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionis switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart. For more details aboutthis indicator light and this chart, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page2-69).

2-74


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (87,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must bereplaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only atrained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that theywill work in any subsequent accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bagor pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of anysubsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steeringwheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge,containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential airbag components. The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries.Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremelydangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury can result. Ask anAuthorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an airbag equipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”(page 9-2).


SRS Air Bags

2-75


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (88,1)

2-76


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (89,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-13Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-17Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-18When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-20

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-21Keys ........................................................................................ 3-21Keyless Entry Systemí .......................................................... 3-22Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-28Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-33Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-40Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-47Hood ....................................................................................... 3-49Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-51

Security System ........................................................................... 3-54Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-54Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-58Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-62

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-65Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-65Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-65

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (90,1)

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enable thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).l Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key.l Starting the engine without operating the key.Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key.Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3-13.l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Panic/Liftgateí button):l Locking/unlocking the doors and the liftgate.l Opening/closing the power liftgateí.l Opening the power windows and the moonroofí.l Operating the theft-deterrent systemí.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. Children may find these new kinds of keys to bean interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controlsto operate, or even make the vehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:

Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from theadvanced key will affect the equipment.

NOTEl The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-54) for information regarding keys and engine starting.l (With theft-deterrent system)

Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-62) for information regarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (91,1)

With power liftgate button

Lock button

Operation indicator light Auxiliary key

Key code number plate

Unlock button Power liftgate button

Panic button

Without power liftgate button

Lock button

Operation indicator light Auxiliary key


Unlock button

Panic button

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (92,1)

CAUTIONØ Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not function

correctly under the following conditions:Ø The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular

phones.Ø The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.Ø The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell

phones.Ø Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.Ø There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.Ø If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain

gas stations.Ø The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-

intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices suchas televisions or personal computers.

Ø To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:Ø Drop the advanced key.Ø Get the advanced key wet.Ø Disassemble the advanced key.Ø Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the

dashboard or hood, under direct sunlight.Ø Place heavy objects on the advanced key.Ø Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.Ø Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTEl Battery life is about one year. Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY

indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine,otherwise, you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once thebattery is completely dead. Refer to KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key) on page 5-53. If this occurs, you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need tostart the engine immediately.Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-19.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 advanced keyscan be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (93,1)

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONØ Make sure the battery is installed

with the correct pole facingupward. Battery leakage couldoccur if it is not installed correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to touch any of theinternal circuitry and electricalterminals, bend the electricalterminals, or get dirt in thetransmitter as the transmittercould be damaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster for about 30seconds after the engine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light on thetransmitter does not flash when thebuttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Insert a small, flathead screwdriver intothe groove shown in the figure androtate the screwdriver to open the coverslightly.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (94,1)

3. Insert the small, flathead screwdriverinto the gap between the cover and thetransmitter, and then rotate thescrewdriver to detach the cover.

4. Remove the battery cap, then removethe battery.

5. Insert a new battery with the positivepole facing up, and then cover thebattery with the battery cap.

6. Close the cover.

7. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (95,1)

CAUTIONØ Be careful not to allow the rubber

ring shown in the figure to bescratched or damaged.

Ø If the rubber ring detaches,reattach it before inserting a newbattery.

Rubber ring

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTEWhen the battery power is low, or in placeswhere there are high-intensity radio waves ornoise, the operational range may becomenarrower or the system may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors and theliftgate

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80cm (31 in) from the center of the frontdoor handles.The operational range for locking/unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to80 cm (31 in) from the center of theliftgate.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

NOTEThe system may not operate if you are tooclose to the windows, door handles, or liftgate.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (96,1)

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea except for the luggage compartment.

Interior transmitter

Operational range

NOTEl The luggage compartment is out of the

operational range, however, starting theengine may be possible.

l The engine may not start if the advancedkey is placed in the following areas:l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such as the

glove boxl Starting the engine may be possible even if

the advanced key is outside of the vehicleand extremely close to a door and window,however, always start the engine from thedriver's seat.If the vehicle is started and driven awaywhile the advanced key is not in the vehicle,the vehicle will not restart after it is turnedoff and the ignition is switched off.

l If the advanced key is detected withinoperational range, the operation indicatorlight on the transmitter flashesmomentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by pressing the request switchon the front doors or the liftgate while theadvanced key is being carried.Front doors

Request switch

Liftgate

Request switch

To lock

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch. A beep sound will beheard once and the hazard warning lightswill flash once.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (97,1)

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the doors and the liftgate arelocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked before thetheft-deterrent system is properly armed.When the doors are locked by pressing therequest switch on the front doors while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicate thatthe system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-62.

To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press therequest switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch again within 3 secondsand two more beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the doors and the liftgate areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressing therequest switch on the front doors while thetheft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazardwarning lights will flash twice to indicate thatthe system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-62.

Front passenger door/liftgate requestswitch

To unlock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe request switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.

NOTEl The request switch on the driver's door can

be used to close the power windows and themoonroof from Outside.Refer to Opening/Closing the Power Windows and theMoonroof from Outside on page 3-44.Referto Opening/Closing the Moonroof fromOutside on page 3-52.

l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate aresecurely locked.

l All doors and the liftgate cannot be lockedwhen any door or the liftgate is open.

l A beep sound is heard for confirmationwhen the doors and the liftgate are locked/unlocked using the request switch. If youprefer, the beep sound can be turned off(page 10-8).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (98,1)

l The setting can be changed so that thedoors and the liftgate are lockedautomatically without pressing the requestswitch (page 10-8).(Auto-lock function)A beep sound is heard when all doors andthe liftgate are closed while the advancedkey is being carried. All doors and theliftgate are locked automatically after about3 seconds when the advanced key is out ofthe operational range. Also, the hazardwarning lights flash once. (Even if thedriver is in the operational range, all doorsand the liftgate are locked automaticallyafter about 30 seconds.)If you are out of the operational rangebefore the doors and the liftgate arecompletely closed or another advanced keyis left in the vehicle, the auto-lock functionwill not work. Always make sure that alldoors and the liftgate are closed and lockedbefore leaving the vehicle.The auto-lock function does not close thepower windows and the moonroof.

l (Auto re-lock function)After unlocking doors and the liftgate bypressing the request switch, all doors andthe liftgate will automatically lock if any ofthe following operations are not performedwithin about 30 seconds. If your vehicle hasa theft-deterrent system, the hazardwarning lights will flash for confirmation.l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch.l The start knob is pushed.

qStarting the Engine

Ignition switch positions

As there is no traditional key, some of theignition switch functions are different.

Start knob

OFF/LOCK

The engraved mark on the actual vehiclemay read OFF or LOCK depending on thetype of ignition system.OFF/LOCK―Knob ReleasedThe power supply to electrical devices isturned off.OFF/LOCK―Knob DepressedThe ignition can be switched to ACCwhen the KEY indicator light (green)illuminates in the instrument cluster.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (99,1)

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition to OFF/LOCK, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P:

It is important to switch the ignitionto OFF/LOCK even if you are notremoving the key from the ignition orleaving the vehicle. Leaving the keyin other positions will disable some ofthe vehicle security systems and runthe battery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutswitching the ignition to OFF/LOCK,setting the parking brake andshifting the shift lever to P isdangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTEl If turning the ignition switch is difficult,

move the steering wheel left and right.l The ignition cannot be switched from ACC

to OFF/LOCK when the shift lever is not inP.

ACC (Accessory)

In this position, some electricalaccessories will operate.

NOTEThe Advanced Keyless Entry System does notfunction in the ACC position, and the doorswill not lock/unlock using the transmitter orrequest switches even if the advanced key iscarried away from the vehicle.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-44).

NOTEWhen the ignition is switched ON, the sound ofthe fuel pump motor operating near the fueltank can be heard. This does not indicate anabnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the start knob;then it returns to the ON position. Thebrake warning light can be checked afterthe engine is started (page 5-44).

Starting the engine

NOTEl Engine-starting is controlled by the spark

ignition system.This system meets all CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Standardrequirements regulating the impulseelectrical field strength of radio noise.

l The advanced key must be carried becausethe advanced key carries an immobilizerchip that must communicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l When starting the engine, be sure the startknob is securely attached before trying tooperate it. If the knob becomes detachedfrom the ignition switch, re-attach it bypushing it on to the ignition switch.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (100,1)

1. Make sure the advanced key is beingcarried.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTEThe starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

6. Push the start knob slowly all the wayin.

7. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The KEY warning light (red)means you cannot continue to start theengine using the Advanced KeylessSystem. You may have to use theauxiliary key instead (page 3-20).

NOTEIn the following cases, the KEY warning light(red) illuminates and the engine will not start.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is out of operational

range.l The advanced key is placed in areas where

it is difficult for the system to detect thesignal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturer similar tothe advanced key is in the operationalrange.

8. Switch the ignition to ACC whilepushing the start knob in.

9. Switch the ignition from ACC toSTART and hold (up to 10 seconds at atime) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

10. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (101,1)

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

Turning the engine off

1. Move the shift lever to the P position.

2. Switch the ignition from ON to ACC.

NOTEWhen the engine is turned off and the ignitionis switched from ACC to OFF/LOCK, the KEYindicator light (green) flashes in the instrumentcluster for about 30 seconds if the batterypower of the advanced key is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Battery Replacement (page 3-7).

3. Push in the start knob from the ACCposition and turn it to the OFF/LOCK.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition is switched to OFF/LOCK.

NOTEl When switching the ignition to OFF/LOCK,

the ignition switch has to be pushed in fromthe ACC position and turned. Without beingpushed in, the ignition switch stops at theACC position and the vehicle battery maybe discharged if the ignition switch is left inthe ACC position. When leaving the vehicle,make sure the ignition is switched to OFF/LOCK.

l If the vehicle is left with the ignition notswitched to OFF/LOCK, a beep sound isheard and the indicator light flashes tonotify the driver.Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-18).

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditionalkeyless entry buttons to remotely lock andunlock the doors and the liftgate, andopens the power windows and themoonroof.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when theauxiliary key is in the ignition switch.

l With the start knob installed in the OFF/LOCK position, the system is fullyoperational. If the ignition is not switchedoff or the start knob is pushed in, the systemdoes not operate.

l All doors and the liftgate cannot be lockedby pressing the lock button while any dooror the liftgate is open. The hazard warninglights will also not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operational rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-5).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (102,1)

Transmitter

with power liftgate

Lock button

Unlock button

Power liftgate button

Operation indicator light

Panic button

without power liftgate

Lock button

Unlock button


Panic button

NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows and the moonroof, but the lockbutton cannot be used to close the powerwindows and the moonroof.Refer to the following pages:Opening/Closing the Power Windows (page3-44)Opening/Closing the moonroof (page 3-52)

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button. A beep sound will beheard once and the hazard warning lightswill flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound.

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are locked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-8.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked beforethe theft-deterrent system is properlyarmed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-62.

NOTEl All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when any door or the liftgate is open.l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

locked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (103,1)

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 3 secondsand two more beep sounds will be heard.

NOTEl A beep sound can be heard for confirmation

when the doors are unlocked using theadvanced keyless transmitter. If you prefer,the beep sound can be turned off.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-8.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare unlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flashunless the theft deterrent system has beenproperly turned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressingthe unlock button on the transmitter whilethe theft-deterrent system is turned off, thehazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-62.

NOTE(Auto re-lock function)After unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if anyof the following operations are not performedwithin about 30 seconds. If your vehicle has atheft-deterrent system, the hazard warninglights will flash for confirmation.l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch.l The start knob is pressed.


If your Mazda has a power liftgate (page3-35), the transmitter can open/close theliftgate.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (104,1)

Declaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (105,1)

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-28).

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch(page 5-2).

Locking, unlocking the glove box

The glove box can be locked/unlockedusing the auxiliary key, refer to GloveBox (page 6-194).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If one advanced key is left in the vehicleand a second advanced key is used to lockit, the functions of the advanced key leftin the vehicle are temporarily suspendedto prevent theft of the vehicle.The following are inoperable:l Starting the engine using the startknob.

l Operating the request switches.To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:l Press the lock or unlock button on theadvanced key which has had itsfunctions temporarily suspended.

l While carrying another advanced key,push in the start knob until the KEYindicator light (green) illuminates.

l Insert the auxiliary key and switch theignition ON.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (106,1)

Warning and Beep Sounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously and beep sounds will beheard.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drivethe vehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).

qStart Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep

If the ignition is switched to ACC and thedriver's door is opened, a continuous beepsound will be heard to notify the driverthat the ignition has not been switched off.In this case, the keyless entry system doesnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery will run down.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe ignition has not been switched off tonotify the driver that the advanced key hasbeen removed. The KEY warning light(red) will stop flashing when the advancedkey is back inside the vehicle:l The ignition has not been switched off,the driver's door is open, and theadvanced key is removed from thevehicle. (A beep sound will be heard 3times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the ignition isswitched to ACC and the door is opendue to the activation of the warningbeep sound indicating that the ignitionis not switched off.

l The ignition has not been switched offand all the doors are closed afterremoving the advanced key from thevehicle. (A beep sound will be heard 6times.)

NOTEBecause the advanced key utilizes low-intensityradio waves, the Advanced Key Removed FromVehicle Warning may activate if the advancedkey is carried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception areawithin the vehicle.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (107,1)

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

If the request switch for a front door or theliftgate is pressed under the followingconditions while the advanced key isbeing carried, a beep will be heard 6 timesto indicate that the front doors and theliftgate cannot be locked.l A door or the liftgate is open (door ajarincluded).

l The ignition has not been switched off.l The auxiliary key is inserted into theignition switch.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the ignition is switched to ACC orswitched off from ON, the KEY indicatorlight (green) flashes for approximately 30seconds indicating that the remainingbattery power is low. Replace with a newbattery before the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-8.

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the ignition cannot be switchedfrom off.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and all the doors and the liftgate arelocked using a separate advanced key, abeep sound is heard for about 10 secondsto remind the driver that the advanced keyhas been left in the vehicle cabin. If thishappens, the doors and the liftgate lockbut the functions of the advanced key leftin the vehicle cabin may be temporarilysuspended. Perform the followingprocedure to restore the functions of theadvanced key (page 3-17).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (108,1)

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-18).

Warning How to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will be heard.Check whether the ignition has beenswitched off.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and the KEY warninglight (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen removed from the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times, and the KEYwarning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen removed from the vehicle.

When locking the doors , the chime sounds for about ten seconds.Check whether the advanced key hasbeen left in the vehicle.

When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch onthe front doors, and six beep sounds are heard.

Check whether the advanced key hasbeen left in the vehicle.

Check whether the ignition has beenswitched off.

Check whether a door or the liftgate isopen.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in the instrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low.Replace the battery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance onpage 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminated in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place, and use theauxiliary key to continue driving thevehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (109,1)

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. Children may find these newkinds of keys to be an interesting toyto play with and could cause thepower windows or other controls tooperate, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-58) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-62)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.


Retractable type key

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEl Write down the code number and keep it in

a separate, safe and convenient place, butnot in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

l Some types of key chains cannot beattached to the retractable type key. In thiscase, use the key ring provided with thetransmitter which has the key code numberplate attached.

Key ring

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (110,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry Systemí

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and the liftgate, and opens thepower windows and the moonroof.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system does not operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-25).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (111,1)

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button


NOTEThe unlock button can be used to open thepower windows and the moonroof, but the lockbutton cannot be used to close the powerwindows and the moonroof.Refer to Opening/Closing the Power Windowsand the moonroof from Outside (page 3-44).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button and the hazard warninglights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

NOTEl Doors and the liftgate can be locked by

pressing the lock button while any otherdoor or the liftgate is open. Also, the hazardwarning lights will not flash and the hornwill not sound.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when thetheft deterrent system is armed.The hazard warning lights do not flash if allthe doors and the liftgate are locked beforethe theft-deterrent system is properlyarmed.When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is armed, the hazardwarning lights will flash once to indicatethat the system is armed.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page3-62.

l All doors and the liftgate cannot be lockedwhen the key is in the ignition switch.

l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate arelocked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 3 secondsand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (112,1)

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors and the liftgate areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights flash when the theftdeterrent system is turned off.The hazard warning lights do not flash unlessthe theft deterrent system has been properlyturned off.When the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter while thetheft-deterrent system is turned off, the hazardwarning lights will flash twice to indicate thatthe system is turned off.Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page 3-62.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if oneof the doors or the liftgate is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button once will triggerthe alarm for about 2 minutes and 30seconds, and the following will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (113,1)

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to touch any of theinternal circuitry and electricalterminals, bend the electricalterminals, or get dirt in thetransmitter as the transmittercould be damaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-21).

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

A

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (114,1)

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Align the key with the transmitter asshown in the figure, and insert the keyuntil a click sound is heard.

CAUTIONInsert the key into the transmittersecurely until a click sound is heard.If it is not inserted securely, it coulddetach from the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (115,1)

qDeclaration of Conformity

Keyless entry system

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (116,1)

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the key in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows and themoonroof, lock the doors and take thekey with you when leaving your vehicleunattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

After closing the doors, always verifythat they are securely closed:

Doors not securely closed aredangerous, if the vehicle is drivenwith a door not securely closed, thedoor could open unexpectedlyresulting in an accident.

Always confirm the safety around thevehicle before opening a door:

Suddenly opening a door isdangerous. A passing vehicle or apedestrian could be hit and cause anaccident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (117,1)

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-13).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-22).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, pressthe door-lock knob.To unlock, pull it outward.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Lock

Unlock

To lock any door with the door-lock knobfrom the outside, press the door-lock knobto the lock position and close the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob

NOTEl When locking the doors this way, be careful

not to leave the key inside the vehicle.l (With advanced key)

The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside.

l (With retractable type key)The driver's door cannot be locked usingthe door-lock knob from the outside if thekey is in the ignition switch.

qPower Door Locks

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. All doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with any dooror the liftgate open.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (118,1)

(With retractable type key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with any dooror the liftgate open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the driver's door islocked with the key.All doors and the liftgate unlock when thedriver's door is unlocked and the key isheld in the unlock position for one secondor longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTEHolding the key in the unlocked position in thedriver's door lock for about a second unlocksall doors and the liftgate. To unlock only thedriver's door, insert the key into the driver'sdoor lock and turn the key briefly to the unlockposition and then immediately return it to thecenter position.

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when lock side is pressed.They all unlock when unlock side ispressed.

Lock

Unlock

Locking, unlocking with request switch(with advanced key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the request switchon the front doors and the liftgate whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entrysystem transmitter, refer to Keyless EntrySystem (page 3-13).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

All doors and the liftgate can be locked/unlocked by operating the keyless entrysystem transmitter, refer to Keyless EntrySystem (page 3-22).

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (119,1)

Auto lock/unlock function

WARNINGDo not pull the inner handle on a frontdoor:

Pulling an inner handle on a frontdoor while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Passengers can fall out ofthe vehicle if a front door accidentallyopens, which could result in death orserious injury.

l When the vehicle speed exceeds 20km/h (12 mph), all doors and theliftgate lock automatically.

l When the ignition is switched off, alldoors and the liftgate unlockautomatically.

These functions can also be disabled sothat they do not operate.

Auto lock/unlock function settingchange using door-lock switch

The doors and the liftgate can set to lockor unlock automatically by selecting anyone of the functions from the followingtable and using the driver's door-lockswitch on the interior to perform thesetting change as indicated in theprocedure which follows.

Settings can be changed using thefollowing operation.

Functionnumber

Function

1The auto door-lock function isdisabled.

2All the doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the vehicle speedis about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.

3

All the doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the vehicle speedis about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.All the doors and the liftgate unlockwhen the ignition is switched from ONto ACC or Off.

4

When the ignition is switched ON andthe shift lever is shifted from park (P)to any other gear position, all thedoors and the liftgate lockautomatically.

5

When the ignition is switched ON andthe shift lever is shifted from park (P)to any other gear position, all thedoors and the liftgate lockautomatically.When the shift lever is shifted to park(P) while the ignition is switched ON,all the doors and the liftgate unlockautomatically.

1. Stop the vehicle and close all the doors.


3. Press and hold the lock side of thedriver's door-lock switch within 10seconds of switching the ignition ON,and make sure a beep sound is heardabout eight seconds afterwards.

4. Referring to the auto lock/unlockfunction setting table, determine thefunction number for the desired settingand press the unlock side of the driver'sdoor-lock switch only in the amount ofthe selected function number (Ex. Ifyou select function 2, press the unlockside of the switch only 2 times).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (120,1)

NOTEThere are only a total of five auto lock/unlocksettings available. Be sure to press the unlockside of the driver's door-lock switch the correctnumber of times according to the selectedfunction number. If the switch is mistakenlypressed six times, the procedure will beinvalidated. If this occurs, start the procedurefrom the beginning.

5. Three seconds after the function settinghas been changed, a beep sound willbeep in the amount of the selectedfunction number.

NOTEl The doors cannot be locked or unlocked

while the setting function is beingperformed.

l The procedure can be cancelled by pressingthe lock side of the driver's door-lockswitch.

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening therear doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to thelock position before closing that door, thedoor cannot be opened from the inside.The door can be opened only by pullingthe outside handle.

Lock

Unlock

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (121,1)

Liftgate

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in theluggage compartment:

Allowing a person to ride in theluggage compartment is dangerous.The person in the luggagecompartment could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Do not drive with the liftgate open:Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicleis dangerous. An open liftgate in amoving vehicle will cause exhaustgas to be drawn into the cabin. Thisgas contains CO (carbon monoxide),which is colorless, odorless, andhighly poisonous, and it can causeloss of consciousness and death.Moreover, an open liftgate couldcause occupants to fall out in anaccident.

CAUTIONBe careful not to apply excessive forceto the damper stay on the liftgatesuch as by putting your hand on thestay. Otherwise, the damper staymay bend and affect the liftgateoperation.

Damper stay

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-13).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-22).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (122,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Switch

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the door-lock switch, refer toPower Door Locks (page 3-29).

qOpening and Closing the Liftgate

Manually opening the liftgate

WARNINGAlways fully open the liftgate whenopening it:

Raising the liftgate only partially isdangerous as it could dropunexpectedly resulting in injury.

Pull up on the handle.

NOTEIf the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system and theliftgate cannot be unlocked, perform thefollowing procedure as an emergency measureto unlock it:

1. Remove the cap on the interior surface ofthe liftgate with a flathead screwdriver.

Cap

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (123,1)

2. (With power liftgate)Push the liftgate while pressing the leverdown.(Without power liftgate)Turn the lever to the right to unlock theliftgate

With power liftgate Lever

Lever

Without power liftgate

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Manually closing the liftgate

Use both hands to push the liftgate downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it issecurely latched.

qPower Liftgateí

The power liftgate opens/closeselectrically by operating switches in thevehicle or the buttons on the keyless entrysystem transmitter.Refer to Keyless Entry System on page3-13.

WARNINGBe sure to watch the power liftgate asit opens or closes, and make sure thatit closes completely:

Opening or closing the power liftgatewhile not watching it move isdangerous. Because of unseenobstacles and the jam-safe feature, aliftgate may not close completelyand, if left unnoticed, could result inserious injury or death if an occupantwere to fall out of the vehicle.Always be sure that the area aroundthe liftgate is clear before activatingit.

Always confirm the safety of the areaaround the power liftgate beforeoperating it electrically.

Not checking the area around theliftgate for people before operating itusing the power liftgate switch or thebutton on the keyless entry system isdangerous. A person could becomecaught between the liftgate and anobstruction while it is openingelectrically or between the liftgateand vehicle while it is closingelectrically, resulting in an accidentand serious injury.

Always be sure the power liftgatecompletely closes before shifting intogear and driving the vehicle:

Shifting out of Park (P) while theliftgate is moving is dangerous. Theliftgate will not close completely andthis could result in serious injury ordeath if an occupant were to fall outof the vehicle. Occupants in thevehicle will also not have fullprotection in a collision.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (124,1)

Never allow children to operate thepower liftgate system:

Allowing children to operate thepower liftgate switch and the keylessentry system is dangerous. Childrenare not aware of the dangers ofpeople getting fingers and handscaught in a moving liftgate. Ifsomeone's neck, head or hands getcaught in a closing door, it couldresult in death or serious injury.

CAUTIONØ When closing the power liftgate,

make sure there are no foreignobjects around the striker. Ifforeign objects are obstructing thestriker, the liftgate may not closeproperly.

Striker

Ø Do not install accessories to thepower liftgate other than specifiedaccessories. Otherwise, it cannotbe opened/closed automaticallyand could result in a malfunction.

Ø Be careful when switching thepower liftgate from electrical tomanual operation. The powerliftgate may open/closeunexpectedly depending on itsposition which could result ininjury.

NOTEl Do not apply unnecessary force to the

power liftgate when it is opening/closingelectrically. Unnecessary force on theliftgate may cause it to reverse direction ofmovement automatically. Also, it couldresult in a malfunction.

l The power liftgate may not open/closeelectrically if the vehicle is parked on anincline, or there is strong wind, or theliftgate is laden with snow.

l The power liftgate will not operate unless itis unlocked. The power liftgate does notoperate unless it is unlocked using thepower door lock function.Refer to Locking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob on page 3-29.

l If a power liftgate system fuse has blown,the liftgate cannot be opened using thepower liftgate switch or the outer handle(liftgate). Use the emergency lever to openthe liftgate.

l Fully close the power liftgate beforedisconnecting the vehicle battery. If thebattery is disconnected with the liftgateopen, it cannot be opened or closedautomatically after the battery isreconnected.

l To restore the power liftgate functions,perform the following:1 Park on level ground.2 Fully close the liftgate manually.3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors.4 Press the power liftgate switch or thepower liftgate button on the keyless entrysystem transmitter to fully open theliftgate.

5 Press the power liftgate switch or thepower liftgate button on the keyless entrysystem transmitter again to fully closethe liftgate.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (125,1)

Opening/Closing the power liftgate

If the vehicle has satisfied all thefollowing operation conditions, the powerliftgate can be opened using the powerfunction.

Operation conditions

(1) The power liftgate is unlocked.(2) The shift lever is in park (P) when the

ignition is switched ON.

NOTEl If condition (2) is not satisfied while the

power liftgate is opening electrically, thebeep sound will be heard and the liftgatewill move in the reverse directionautomatically.

l If condition (2) is not satisfied while thepower liftgate is closing electrically, thebeep sound will be heard and the liftgatecontinues closing.

l When condition (2) is satisfied, you canresume power liftgate open/close operationwith the switches.

l When the ignition is switched ON, thetransmitter does not operate.

Operation using the transmitterPress the power liftgate button for onesecond or more with the power liftgate inthe fully closed/open position. The hazardwarning lights flash twice and the liftgateopens/closes after the beep sounds.Refer to Keyless Entry System on page3-13.

Operation from the driver's seat (Toopen/close)

Press the power liftgate switch for aboutone second or more while the liftgate is inthe fully closed/open position. The hazardwarning lights flash twice and the liftgateopens/closes fully after the beep sound isheard.

Power liftgate switch

Operation from outside (To close only)

Press the power liftgate close switch whilethe liftgate is fully opened. The hazardwarning lights flash twice and the liftgatecloses automatically after the beep soundis heard.

Power liftgate close switch

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (126,1)

NOTEIf the power liftgate switch/power liftgate closeswitch/power liftgate button on the transmitteris pressed or the outside handle is operatedwhile the liftgate is opening/closingelectrically, the beep sound is heard and theliftgate moves in the reverse directionautomatically. If this operation is repeated thesystem switches to manual operation.

Jam-safe equipment

While the power liftgate is opening/closing electrically and the system detectsa person or an object in the liftgate's path,the liftgate will move in the reversedirection automatically.

WARNINGAlways check the area around thepower liftgate before opening/closingit:

Not checking for occupants andobjects around the power liftgatebefore opening/closing it isdangerous. The jam-safe equipmentis designed to prevent jamming in theevent an obstruction is in theliftgate's path. The system may notdetect certain objects obstructing theliftgate depending on the way theyare positioned and their shape.However, if the jam-safe functiondetects an obstruction and moves theliftgate in the reverse direction, anoccupant in the liftgate's path couldbe seriously injured.

CAUTIONSensors are installed on both ends ofthe power liftgate. Be careful not toallow the sensors to be scratched ordamaged by sharp objects, otherwisethe liftgate may no longer open/closeautomatically. In addition, if thesensor is damaged while the liftgateis closing automatically, the systemchanges to manual operation.

Sensor

NOTEThe jam-safe equipment does not activateduring easy closure operation when the powerliftgate is between the near-shut position andfully closed position.

When the power liftgate is moving in theopen/close direction and an obstruction isdetected, the beep sound will be heard andthe liftgate moves in the reverse direction.

NOTEIf the system repeatedly detects an objectobstructing the power liftgate in the open/closedirection several times, the beep sound will beheard and the system changes to manualoperation.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (127,1)

Power liftgate drop preventionmechanism

The power liftgate drop preventionmechanism activates if the system detectsweight such as that caused by a snow-laden liftgate when it is openedelectrically. After the liftgate is fullyopened, the beep sound will be heard andthe liftgate closes automatically.

NOTEl If the power liftgate is snow-laden, remove

the snow before operating the liftgate.l Trying to force the power liftgate closed

manually immediately after it has fullyopened automatically may activate theliftgate drop prevention mechanism.However, this does not indicate amalfunction.

Liftgate easy closure

The Easy Closure system automaticallycloses the liftgate completely from thenear-shut position.This system also operates when theliftgate is closed manually.

WARNINGWhen closing a liftgate, always keephands and fingers away from theliftgate:

Placing hands or fingers around aliftgate is dangerous because theliftgate closes automatically from thenear-shut position, which couldcause hands and fingers to bepinched and injured.

NOTEl If the liftgate handle is pulled while the

easy closure function is operating, theliftgate can be opened.

l If the liftgate is opened/closed repeatedly ina short period of time, the easy closurefunction may not operate. Wait for a whileand then try again.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (128,1)

Power WindowsThe ignition must be switched ON for thepower windows to operate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock all passenger powerwindows with the power window lockswitch on the driver's side whilechildren are in the vehicle, and neverallow children to play with powerwindow switches:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.

qOperating the Front Power Windows

NOTEl Each passenger power window can be

operated with each door switch when thepower window lock switch on the driver'sdoor is in the unlocked position (page3-44).

l Each passenger power window can also beoperated using the master control switcheson the driver's door.

Driver's window

Left rear window

Master control switches

Front passenger's window

Right rear window

l The following functions can be performedfor the front power windows using thepower window master control switches onthe driver's door or front passenger's doorswitch.l Manual opening/closingl Auto-opening/closingl Two-step down function

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (129,1)

Normal opening/closing

To open a power window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the power window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Driver's windowFront passenger's window


Open

Close

Open

Front passenger switch

Auto-opening/closing

To fully open a power windowautomatically, press the switch completelydown.To fully close the power windowautomatically, pull the switch completelyup.

To stop the power window partway, pullor press the switch in the oppositedirection and then release it.

Power window system initializationprocedure

If the battery was disconnected duringvehicle maintenance, or for other reasons(such as a switch continues to be operatedafter the window is fully open/closed), thepower windows will not fully open andclose automatically. Resetting of theautomatic function can be performedusing the master control switches or thefront passenger door switch.The power window auto function resetprocedure can be done on one or bothdoor switches. The power window autofunction will only resume on the side thathas been reset.


2. Make sure that the power window lockswitch located on the driver's door isnot depressed.

3. Press the switch and fully open thepower window.

4. Pull up the switch to fully close thepower window and continue holdingthe switch for about 2 seconds after thewindow fully closes.

5. Repeat Steps 3-4 for each front powerwindow.

6. Make sure that the power windowsoperate correctly using the doorswitches.

Two-step down function

With the power window completelyclosed, press the switch lightly and it willopen and stop about 3 cm (1 in) from thetop.If you continue to press and hold theswitch, the window will resume openingall the way.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (130,1)

NOTEPressing the power window switch once whenthe window is fully closed will only open itabout 3 cm (1 in) to allow convenientventilation of the cabin.

Canceling the two-step down function

To cancel the two-step down function forthe front power windows, carry out thefollowing procedure using the mastercontrol switches.

1. Switch the ignition ON and completethe following procedure within 5seconds:Press the power window switch 2 timesfirmly, then pull it 2 times firmly.

Driver's window Front passenger's window



3. With the ignition off, and within 40seconds, switch the ignition ON andcomplete the following procedurewithin 5 seconds:Press the power window switch 2 timesfirmly, then pull 2 times firmly.

NOTEl The two-step down function cannot be

canceled if the procedure is not completedwithin the specified times, or the procedureis changed along the way. To redo theprocedure, first switch the ignition off andproceed from the beginning.

l If you are unable to cancel the functiondespite carrying out the cancellationprocedure, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Restoring the two-step down function

With the two-step down function in thecanceled state, repeat the previousprocedure for canceling the function oneach door switch and it will be restored.

NOTEIf you are unable to restore the function despitedoing the restore procedure, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Jam-safe window

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the window during the manualclosing operation or the auto-closingoperation, the window will stop and openhalfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks the windowjust before it reaches the fully closedposition or while fully holding up thepower window switch:

Blocking the power window justbefore it reaches the fully closedposition or while fully holding up thepower window switch is dangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the window fromclosing all the way. If fingers arecaught, serious injuries could occur.

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (131,1)

NOTEl Depending on driving conditions, a closing

power window could stop and start openingwhen the window feels a shock that issimilar to something blocking it.In the event the jam-safe function activatesand the power window cannot be closedautomatically, pull and hold the switch fullyand the window will close.

l The jam-safe window function does notoperate until the system is re-initialized.

Engine-off power window operation

The power window can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF withall doors closed. If any door is opened, thepower window will stop operating.

NOTEl For engine-off operation of the power

window, the switch must be held up firmlythroughout window closure because theauto-closing function will be inoperable.

l The two-step down function is inoperableduring engine-off operation.

qOperating the Rear Power Windows

The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition.

The rear power windows may be openedor closed using the master controlswitches on the driver's door.

Left rear window

Right rear window

Power window lock switch


To open the power window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the power window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (132,1)

Engine-off power window operation

The power windows can be operated forabout 40 seconds after the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF withall doors closed. If any door is opened, thepower windows will stop operating.

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition (button not depressed), all powerwindows on each door can be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition (button depressed), only thedriver's side power window can beoperated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

qOpening/Closing the Power Windowsand the Moonroof from Outside

The front power windows and themoonroof can be opened or closed fromoutside the vehicle after the doors and theliftgate are closed.The front power windows may beoperated remotely when the powerwindow lock switch on the driver's door isin the lock or unlocked position.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window and the moonroof:

Closing power windows and themoonroof are dangerous. A person'shands, head, or even neck could becaught by the window or themoonroof and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

NOTEl The power windows and the moonroof

cannot be opened or closed from outsidethe vehicle under the following condition:l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The key is inserted into the ignition

switch.l The ignition is in any position except

OFF. (With advanced key)l The power windows and the moonroof may

not close completely. Make sure all thewindows and the moonroof are closed.

If the power windows and the moonroofcannot be closed completely, operate eachpower window switch or the tilt/slide switchfrom inside the vehicle. After closing thewindows and the moonroof from outside thevehicle, verify that they are completelyclosed.

3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (133,1)

Opening

Because nobody likes getting into a veryhot car, Mazda has introduced a way toopen the two front windows and themoonroof as you approach the vehicle toget the air moving before you get in.

WARNINGUse the remote auto-window and theauto-moonroof function only when youcan see the vehicle and it is in a securearea:

Do not let children play with yourkeys. If they open the window andmoonroof without your knowing, theopen windows and moonroof are aneven bigger invitation to a thief thanleaving the doors unlocked.

The windows and moonroof can beopened for ventilating the cabin beforegetting in the vehicle.

With unlock button (Keyless entrysystem)

Press the unlock button on the transmitteronce, then press again within 1.5 secondsand hold.After the doors and the liftgate areunlocked, the two front windows and themoonroof open while the unlock button ispressed.To stop the windows and the moonroofwhile opening, release the button.If the operation is performed from thebeginning again, the windows and themoonroof open.

Advanced key

Lock button

Unlock button



Panic button

Retractable type key

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button


NOTEl The unlock button does not operate unless

it is pressed twice sequentially.l The lock button cannot be used to close the

power windows and the moonroof.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door keycylinder.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (134,1)

2. Turn the key counterclockwise andhold until the windows and themoonroof are completely open. Afterthe doors and the liftgate are unlocked,the windows and the moonroof fullyopen automatically.

Open

To stop this operation, turn the key to thecenter position, then turn itcounterclockwise again.

NOTEThe window and the moonroof openingoperation also can be stopped by turning thekey clockwise. However, the doors and theliftgate will lock.

Closing

The windows and the moonroof can beclosed in case they are left open aftergetting out of the vehicle.

NOTE(With advanced key)If the auto-lock function (page 3-8) has beenactivated, the doors and the liftgateautomatically lock as you walk away from thevehicle, however, the power windows and themoonroof cannot be closed. When leaving thevehicle, close the windows and the moonroofusing the power window switch or the tilt orslide switch inside the vehicle, the key, or arequest switch on the front door handles.

With key

1. Insert the key in the driver's door keycylinder.

2. Turn the key clockwise and hold untilthe windows and the moonroof arecompletely closed. After the doors andthe liftgate are locked, the windowsand the moonroof close as long as thekey is turned.

Close

With request switch on the driver'sdoor (Advanced key)

1. If the doors and the liftgate are locked,unlock them.

3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (135,1)

2. Press and hold the request switch onthe driver's door. After the doors andthe liftgate are locked, the windowsand the moonroof close as long as therequest switch is pressed.

Request switch

To stop the windows and the moonrooffrom closing, release the request switch. Ifthe operation is performed from thebeginning again, the windows and themoonroof close.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel-filler cap,loosen the cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel-filler cap isremoved too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-filler cap or not using a fuel-filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel-filler cap or an approvedequivalent, available at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The wrongcap can result in a seriousmalfunction of the fuel and emissioncontrol systems. It may also causethe check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (136,1)

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.

Remote fuel-filler lid release

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.Attach the removed cap to the inner sideof the fuel lid.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more clicks areheard.

Open

Close

CAUTIONIf the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates, the fuel-filler cap maynot be properly installed. If thewarning light illuminates, park yourvehicle safely off the right-of-way,remove the fuel-filler cap andreinstall it correctly. After the cap hasbeen correctly installed, the fuel capwarning light may continue toilluminate until a number of drivingcycles have been completed. A drivecycle consists of starting the engine(after four or more hours with theengine off) and driving the vehicle oncity and highway roads.Continuing to drive with the checkfuel cap warning light illuminatedcould cause the check engine light toilluminate as well.

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (137,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Insert your hand into the hood opening,slide the hood latch lever to the right,and lift the hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the support rodhole indicated by the arrow to hold thehood open.

Pad

ClipSupport rod

qClosing the Hood

WARNINGDo not leave items in the enginecompartment:

After you have finished checking ordoing servicing in the enginecompartment, do not forget andleave items such as tools or rags inthe engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the enginecompartment could cause enginedamage or a fire leading to anunexpected accident.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-49


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (138,1)

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area onthe support rod, and secure the supportrod in the clip. Verify that the supportrod is secured in the clip before closingthe hood.

Pad

ClipClip

3. Lower the hood slowly until it rests inthe unlocked position, and then removeyour hands. Push the front center edgeof the hood downward until a latchingsound is heard, and the hood closescompletely.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (139,1)

Moonroofí

The moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition isswitched ON.

Tilt switchSlide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of their body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson―especially a child― couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEBefore washing your Mazda, make sure themoonroof is completely closed so that waterdoes not get inside the cabin area. Afterwashing your Mazda or after it rains, wipe thewater off the moonroof before operating it toavoid water penetration which could causerust and water damage to your headliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the tilt switch.To fully close automatically, momentarilypull the tilt switch or press the front of theslide switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Tilt down

(Tilt down)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-51íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (140,1)

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To fully close automatically, momentarilypress the front of the slide switch or pullthe tilt switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt down (Close)

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof will not operate. The moonroofwill not operate correctly until it is re-set.Carry out the following procedure to re-set the moonroof and resume operation:


2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tiltopen the rear of the moonroof.

3. Repeat Step 2. The rear of themoonroof tilts open to the fully openposition, then closes a little.

NOTEIf the re-set procedure is performed while themoonroof is in the slide position (partiallyopen) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

qEngine-off Moonroof Operation

The moonroof can be operated for about40 seconds after the ignition is switchedfrom ON to ACC or switched off with alldoors closed. If any door is opened, themoonroof will be inoperable.

qOpening/Closing the Moonrooffrom Outside

The moonroof can be opened or closedfrom outside the vehicle after the doorsand the liftgate are closed.Refer to Opening/Closing the PowerWindows and the Moonroof from Outsideon page 3-44.

qJam-safe Moonroof

If a person's hands, head or an objectblocks the moonroof during closingoperation, the moonroof will stop andopen halfway.

WARNINGMake sure nothing blocks themoonroof just before it reaches thefully closed position:

Blocking the moonroof just before itreaches the closed position isdangerous.In this case, the jam-safe functioncannot prevent the moonroof fromstopping. If fingers are caught,serious injuries could occur.

NOTEl Depending on driving conditions, a closing

moonroof could stop and start openingwhen the moonroof feels a shock that issimilar to something blocking it.

l The moonroof's jam-safe function does notfunction while the moonroof is initializing.

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (141,1)

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONØ The sunshade does not tilt. To

avoid damaging the sunshade, donot push up on it.

Ø Do not close the sunshade whilethe moonroof is opening. Trying toforce the sunshade closed coulddamage it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-53


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (142,1)

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized advanced key, theengine will not start, thereby helping toprevent the theft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the advanced key(including auxiliary key), consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction.Otherwise the signal from theauxiliary key will not be receivedcorrectly and the engine may notstart.Ø A key ring rests on the auxiliary

key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the auxiliary keygrip.

Ø Spare auxiliary keys or keys forother vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (143,1)

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the auxiliary key.

NOTEl The advanced keys (including auxiliary key)

carry a unique electronic code. For thisreason, and to assure your safety, obtaininga replacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced key in caseone is lost. If an advanced key is lost,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key (includingauxiliary key), an Authorized Mazda Dealerwill reset the electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizer system.Bring all the remaining advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-55


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (144,1)


Immobilizer system

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (145,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF. Thesecurity indicator light in the instrumentcluster flashes every 2 seconds until thesystem is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched ON with the registeredadvanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect advanced key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl The engine may not start and the security

indicator light may illuminate or flash if theadvanced key is placed in an area where itis difficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, or in theglove box. Move the advanced key toanother place, switch the ignition off, andthen restart the engine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper advanced key andthe engine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If the indicator light isflashing, switch the ignition to ACC orswitch the ignition off and wait for a while,then restart the engine. If it does not startafter 3 or more tries, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If theengine is shut off while the indicator light isflashing, you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, theadvanced key (including auxiliary key) areneeded. Bring all the advanced keys(including auxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-57


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (146,1)

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high


3-58

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (147,1)

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage which touch orcome near the key.

NOTEl The keys carry a unique electronic code.

For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining a replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-59


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (148,1)


Immobilizer system

3-60

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (149,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignition isswitched from ON to ACC or OFF.The security indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes every twoseconds until the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionis switched ON with the correct ignitionkey.The security indicator light illuminates forabout three seconds and goes out.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTEl If the security indicator light illuminates

and stays on or flashes when the ignition isswitched ON, the engine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it does not start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, do notshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you will not be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-61


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (150,1)

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-62.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

advanced keyless function, keyless entrysystem or the auxiliary key.The system operates only when the driver isin the vehicle or within operational rangewhile the advanced key is being carried.

l The system will not function unless it isproperly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and theliftgate are locked before leaving thevehicle. Remember to take your advancedkey.

qOperation

What turns it on:

l Forcing open a door, the hood or theliftgate.

l Opening a door or the hood byoperating an inside door-lock knob orthe hood release handle.

What it does:

l The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash.

l The alarm continues for about 30seconds, then stops.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door or theliftgate is unlocked with the key or withthe transmitter.

NOTEIf the battery goes dead while the theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn willactivate and the hazard warning lights willflash when the battery is charged or replaced.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Close the windows and the moonroofí

securely.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Switch the ignition off with the startknob.

3. Make sure all the windows, themoonroofí, the hood are closed. Closeand lock all doors and the liftgate fromthe outside using the key or press thelock button on your keyless entrysystem transmitter.The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that the system isarmed.The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:(With advanced key)Press a request switch or the lockbutton on the transmitter.(Without advanced key)Close the hood and the liftgate. Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “ ” once. Close all doors.

The theft deterrent system can also bearmed by activating the auto re-lockfunction with all the doors, the liftgate andthe hood closed.

4. After 20 seconds, the system is fullyarmed.

3-62

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (151,1)

NOTEl Auto re-lock function

After unlocking with the transmitter or therequest switch, all doors and the liftgatewill automatically lock and the hazardwarning lights will flash if any of thefollowing operations are not performedwithin about 30 seconds.l A door or the liftgate is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch (with advanced key).l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.l The start knob is pushed (with advanced

key).l The system will disarm if one of the

following operations takes place within 20seconds after closing the hood and lockingall the doors and the liftgate:l Pressing the unlock button on the

transmitter.l Any door or the liftgate is opened.l Unlocking a door with the inside door-

lock knob.l Unlocking a door with the door lock

switch.l Unlocking the driver's door with the key.l The hood is opened.l The key is inserted in the ignition switch.l The auxiliary key is inserted into the

ignition switch (With advanced key).l The start knob is pressed into the

ignition switch or a request switch ispressed (With advanced key).

l The ignition is switched ON.To rearm the system, do the armingprocedure again.

l When the doors are locked by pressing thelock button on the transmitter or requestswitch on the front doors or using the keywhile the theft-deterrent system is armed,the hazard warning lights will flash once toindicate that the system is armed.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand switch the ignition ON.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch or the unlock

button on the transmitter.l Switch the ignition ON with the

start knob.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTEWhen the doors are unlocked by pressing theunlock button on the transmitter or requestswitch on the front doors or using the keywhile the theft-deterrent system is turned off,the hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door or the liftgate with thekey.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l The engine is started with the ignitionkey.

l (With advanced key)l Press a request switch.l Press the unlock button on the

transmitter.l The engine is started with the start

knob.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-63


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (152,1)

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove compartment.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

3-64

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (153,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull down the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Tilt wheel release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever up to lock thecolumn.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

The mirror combination (flat or convex)installed on the driver and front passengersides varies depending on the vehiclemodels.Flat typeFlat surface mirror.Convex typeThe mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

3-65


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (154,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Outside mirror Selector switch

Mirror switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in thecenter position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.Manual day/night mirror

Auto-dimming mirror

3-66

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (155,1)

NOTEFor the manual day/night mirror, perform theadjustment with the day/night lever in the dayposition.

Reducing glare from headlights

Manual day/night mirror

Push the day/night lever forward for daydriving. Pull it back to reduce glare ofheadlights from cars at the rear.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

Auto-dimming mirror

The auto-dimming mirror automaticallyreduces glare of headlights from cars atthe rear when the ignition is switched ON.The door mirrors also adjust inconjunction with the interior rear viewmirror.

Press the OFF button ( ) to cancel theautomatic dimming function. Theindicator light will turn off.To reactivate the automatic dimmingfunction, press the ON button ( ). Theindicator light will illuminate.

Indicator light OFF button

ON button

Knowing Your Mazda


3-67


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (156,1)

NOTEl Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects

on or around the light sensor. Otherwise,light sensor sensitivity will be affected andmay not operate normally.

Light sensor

Light sensor

l For information regarding the 3 buttons( , , ) on the auto-dimmingmirror, refer to HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem (page 5-75).

l The auto-dimmer function is canceled whenthe ignition is switched ON and the shiftlever/selector lever is in reverse (R).

3-68

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (157,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Floor Mat .................................................................................. 4-9Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-9Winter Driving ........................................................................ 4-10Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-12Overloading ............................................................................ 4-12Driving on Uneven Road ........................................................ 4-13

Towing ......................................................................................... 4-14Trailer Towing (U.S.A. and Canada) ...................................... 4-14

4-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (158,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness. Itcould also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)

Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Otherwise, the emission control system could bedamaged. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (159,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.



4-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (160,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (161,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake fluid, washerfluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is the steering wheel adjusted properly?l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition is switched ON.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (162,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Do not race the engine.l Do not maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Do not drive constantly at full-throttleor high engine rpm for extendedperiods of time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.l Do not tow a trailer.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Do not carry unnecessary weight.l Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (163,1)

Hazardous Driving

qDriving on Slippery Surface

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS or RSC as asubstitute for safe driving:

The ABS and RSC cannot compensatefor unsafe and reckless driving,excessive speed, tailgating (followinganother vehicle too closely), drivingon ice and snow, and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l Do not perform abrupt maneuverswhen the road surface changes (such asfrom a paved road to gravel) becausethe reaction of the vehicle against thedriving operation changes.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the front wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the front wheels.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (164,1)

qRoll-over

WARNINGAvoid sharp turns, excessive speed andabrupt maneuvers when driving thisvehicle:

Sharp turns, excessive speed andabrupt maneuvering of this vehicle isdangerous as it could result in theincreased risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, vehicle roll-over, personalinjury or death.This vehicle has a higher center ofgravity. Vehicles with a higher centerof gravity such as utility and AWDvehicles handle differently thanvehicles with a lower center ofgravity.Utility and AWD vehicles are notdesigned for cornering at high speedsany more than low profile sports carsare designed to perform satisfactorilyunder off-road conditions. Inaddition, utility vehicles have asignificantly higher rollover rate thanother types of vehicles.RSC might help if you get intotrouble, but then it might not be ableto allow you to fully recover, alwaysdrive carefully with the vehicle'sheight in mind.

Drive carefully when the vehicle isloaded by lowering vehicle speed andapplying the brakes earlier:

Abrupt maneuvering and suddenbraking when driving a loadedvehicle is dangerous as the drivingbehavior of a vehicle with a highcenter of gravity is different when it isloaded compared to when it is not,and could result in the loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

qEmergency Maneuvering

WARNINGDo not perform abrupt maneuverswhen driving the vehicle in anemergency situation:

Performing abrupt maneuvers evenwhen driving in an emergencysituation is dangerous as it couldreduce vehicle stability andoperability resulting in an accident.Operate the accelerator pedal, brakepedal, and the steering wheelsmoothly.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (165,1)

Floor Mat

WARNINGMake sure the floor mats are hookedon the retention pins to prevent themfrom bunching up under the footpedals:

Using a floor mat that is not securedis dangerous as it will interfere withthe accelerator and brake pedaloperation, which could result in anaccident.

Do not install two floor mats, one ontop of the other, on the driver's side:

Installing two floor mats, one on topof the other, on the driver's side isdangerous as the retention pins canonly keep one floor mat from slidingforward.In using a heavy duty floor mat forwinter use always remove theoriginal floor mat.Loose floor mat(s) will interfere withthe foot pedal and could result in anaccident.

When setting a floor mat, position thefloor mat so that its eyelets are insertedover the pointed end of the retentionposts.

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from D to R.


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (166,1)

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, a small shovel,jumper cables, and a small bag of sandor salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-21.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but do not use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-24).

l Do not use the parking brake infreezing weather as it may freeze.Instead, shift to P and block the rearwheels.

l Do not apply excessive force to awindow scraper when removing ice orfrozen snow on the mirror glass andwindshield.

l Never use warm or hot water forremoving snow or ice from windowsand mirrors as it could result in theglass cracking.

l Braking performance can be adverselyaffected if snow or ice adheres to thebrake equipment. If this situationoccurs, drive the vehicle slowly,releasing the accelerator pedal andlightly applying the brakes severaltimes until the brake performancereturns to normal.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.

Except 18-inch tires

Your vehicle is originally equipped withall season radials designed to be used allyear around. In some extreme climatesyou may find it necessary to replace themwith snow tires during the winter monthsto further improve traction on snow andice covered roads.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-32).

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (167,1)

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on a temporary

spare tire; it may result in damageto the vehicle and to the tire.

Ø Do not use chains on roads thatare free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTEl Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped

with P245/50R20 specification tires couldcause interference with the vehicle bodyand scratching. If tire chains are to be used,replace both front and rear tires with P245/60R18 tires. Please consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tirechains.

Install the chains on the front tires.Do not use chains on the rear tires.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).


Driving Tips

4-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (168,1)

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.

4-12


Driving Tips


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (169,1)

Driving on Uneven RoadYour vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roadsor over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling onrough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.

Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving underthe following conditions:l Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition anglel Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle

Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance andhandling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can bedamaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Usecare and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.


Driving Tips

4-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (170,1)

Trailer Towing (U.S.A. and Canada)Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo.If you tow a trailer, follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety dependson proper equipment and safe driving habits. Towing a trailer will affect handling, braking,durability, performance, and economy.Never overload vehicle or trailer. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need furtherdetails.

CAUTIONDo not tow a trailer during the first 1,000 km (600 miles) of your new Mazda. If youdo, you may damage the engine, transaxle, differential, wheel bearings, and otherpower train components.

qWeight Limits

TTW and GCWR

The total trailer weight (TTW), gross combination weight rating (GCWR), gross axleweight rating (GAWR), trailer load, and trailer tongue load must be within theprescribed limits.l The total trailer weight (TTW) is the sum of the weights of the trailer load (trailerweight plus cargo), trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and vehicle load. Never allowthe total trailer weight (TTW) to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing-LoadTable.

l The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus thetowing vehicle (including trailer hitch, vehicle passengers, and load). It must notexceed specifications in the load table.

GAWR and GVWR

Do not exceed front and rear GAWR (gross axle weight rating) and GVWR (gross vehicleweight rating). If you do, vehicle handling, braking, and performance will be affected.These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the driver'sdoor frame.

4-14


Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (171,1)

High-altitude operation

In a high-altitude operating environment, a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 % to4 % per 304 m (1,000 ft) of elevation. In these conditions, a reduction in gross vehicleweight and gross combination weight is recommended.

TRAILER TOWING-LOAD TABLE

Because vehicle weights vary, adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this table.

ItemModel

Without TowingPackage

With TowingPackage

MAX. FRONTALAREA

2.97 m2 (32 ft2) 4.65 m2 (50 ft2)

MAX. TTW

Add trailer's weight, load and hitch; vehiclepassengers and vehicle load*1

907 kg (2,000 lb) 1,588 kg (3,500 lb)

MAX. GCWR3,105 kg*2 (6,845 lb) 3,786 kg*2 (8,347 lb)

3,202 kg*3 (7,059 lb) 3,883 kg*3 (8,560 lb)

MAX. GAWR

Front1,276 kg*2 (2,813 lb)

1,307 kg*3 (2,881 lb)

Rear1,400 kg*2 (3,086 lb)

1,458 kg*3 (3,214 lb)

MAX. GVWR

2,645 kg*2 (5,831 lb)

2,720 kg*3 (5,997 lb)

TRAILER-TON-GUE LOAD

Tongue load

Tongue load/Trailer load × 100 = 10 % to15 %

Trailer load


Towing

4-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (172,1)

ItemModel

Without TowingPackage

With TowingPackage

DISTRIBUTIONOF TRAILERLOAD

Front 60 %

Rear 40 %

GCWR: Gross Combination Weight Rating (sum of TTW, vehicle weights and 2 passengers)GAWR: Gross Axle Weight RatingGVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating*1 i.e. baggage, food, camp gear*2 2WD*3 AWD

WARNINGAlways keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing-LoadTable:

Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may causeserious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury orvehicle damage, or both.

Load your trailer with the weight about 60 % toward the front and 40 % toward therear:

Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous.Doing so could cause you to lose control. The trailer tongue load must be 10 %―15% of the total trailer load (sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo).

Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure:Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongueload is dangerous. Trailer sway from crosswinds, rough roads or other causes couldresult in loss of control and a serious accident.

CAUTIONThe total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the traileron platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company.

qTrailer Hitch

Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the grosstrailer weight requirement.When not towing a trailer, remove the trailer hitch (if detachable) to reduce the possibilityof damage as a result of the vehicle being rear-ended.

4-16


Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (173,1)

WARNINGAlways make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure:

An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway fromcrosswinds, rough roads or other causes, resulting in loss of control and a seriousaccident.Examine all trailer-hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose. Ifthe hitch is removed, seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust, dust, water,dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in, possibly endangering personalsafety and damaging your vehicle.Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper'sperformance.

Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if anymounting bolts are connected to the body:

Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous. Exhaust gas entering thevehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death.When mounting the trailer hitch, make no modifications to the vehicle exhaustsystem.

CAUTIONØ Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads. Do not load and unload vehicle

while adjusting hitch. This action will change the vehicle height.Ø Do not use an axle-mounted hitch. This may damage the axle and related parts.

qTires

When towing a trailer, make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold-tirepressure, as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver's door frame. Trailer tire size,load rating, and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications.

WARNINGNever use the temporary spare tire when towing:

Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous asit could result in tire failure, loss of control, and injury to vehicle occupants.


Towing

4-17


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (174,1)

qSafety Chains

Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer becomeunintentionally unhitched. They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to thehitch. Leave enough slack to allow full turns. Consult literature published by your trailer orhitch manufacturer for more details.

WARNINGMake sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicleprior to departure:

Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailerand the vehicle is dangerous. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball, thetrailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision.

qTrailer Lights

Trailer lights must comply with all federal, state, and local regulations. Equip your traileras required before towing it day or night.

CAUTIONDo not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of yourMazda. This may damage your vehicle's electrical system and lighting systems. Havea recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system, and inspectthe brake lights and turn signals yourself before each trip.

qTrailer Brakes

If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg (1,000 lb), trailer brakes are required. If yourtrailer has brakes, make sure they comply with all federal, state, and local regulations.

WARNINGDo not connect a hydraulic trailer-brake system to your vehicle's brake system:

Connecting a hydraulic trailer-brake system directly to the vehicle brake system isdangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury.

qTrailer Towing Tips

l Verify that your Mazda maintains a near-normal attitude when a loaded or unloadedtrailer is connected. Do not drive if it has an abnormal front-up or front-down position.Inspect for incorrect tongue load, worn suspension parts, and trailer overloading.

l Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it fromshifting.

l Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations. If they do not, installrequired rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.

4-18


Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (175,1)

The three main causes of vehicle-trailer accidents are driver error, excessive speed, andimproper trailer loading.

Before driving

l Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.l Before starting out, inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle-to-trailer connections. Stop and re-inspect all lights and connections after driving a shortdistance.

Driving

l Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow, so practice turning, backing,and stopping in a traffic-free area.

l Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length.l Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distanceincreases with a trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow at least one vehicleand trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead.

l Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.l Avoid sudden braking. It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing, especiallyso on wet or slippery roads.

l Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or whenheavily loaded.

The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting.

Lane changes and turning

Avoid quick lane changes, sudden turns, and tight turns. Slow down before turning toavoid the need of sudden braking.A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle. Compensate with turns thatare larger than normal.

Passing

Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles, and provide plenty of room before changing lanes.Crosswinds from passing vehicles, especially larger ones, and the effects of rough roadswill affect handling.If swaying occurs, firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately, butgradually.Steer straight ahead. If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made, thecombination of less speed and firm steering will result in stability.

Backing up

Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience. Back slowly, and have ahelper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident.To turn the trailer, place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in thedirection you want the trailer to go. Make only slight movements to prevent sharp orprolonged turning.


Towing

4-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (176,1)

Ascending a hill

Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine, orboth.

Descending a hill

Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect.

WARNINGAlways use lower gears to reduce speed:

Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it couldcause the brakes to overheat and lose power, resulting in loss of control and aserious accident. Use lower gears to help reduce speed. Pull off the road and allowbrakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced.

Overheated engine

The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steepupgrades.If the temperature gauge indicates overheating, turn off the air conditioner, drive safely tothe side of the road, park off the right-of-way and wait for engine to cool. Refer toOverheating (page 7-16).

Parking

Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked.Apply the parking brake firmly and put the transaxle in P.

Avoid parking on an incline, but if you must, follow these instructions:

1. Depress and hold down the brake pedal.

2. Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires.

3. Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load.

l If the grade is downhill, turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires facethe curb.

l If it is uphill, face the rear of the front tires against the curb.

4. Firmly apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transaxle into P, and stop the engine.

To restart after parking on an incline:

1. With the transaxle in P, start the engine. (Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal.)

2. Shift into gear.

4-20


Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (177,1)

3. Release the parking brake (also the foot brake) and pull away from the wheel blocks.Stop; apply the parking brake and shift into P.

4. Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks.

Fuel consumption

Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption.

Maintenance

If you tow a trailer frequently, have your vehicle serviced as shown in ScheduledMaintenance (page 8-3).


Towing

4-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (178,1)

4-22


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (179,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Turning the Engine Off ............................................................. 5-5Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................. 5-11Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-17All-Wheel Drive (AWD) Operationí ..................................... 5-17Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-20Traction Control System (TCS) .............................................. 5-23Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)/Roll Stability Control(RSC) ...................................................................................... 5-26Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-28Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Systemí ................................. 5-34

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-39Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-39

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-44Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-44Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-58

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-60Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-60Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-66Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-67Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-68Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-72Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-73Horn ........................................................................................ 5-74Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-75HomeLink Wireless Control Systemí .................................... 5-75

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (180,1)

Ignition SwitchAuxiliary key (with advanced key)

NOTEWhen starting the engine using the advancedkey, refer to Starting the Engine (page 3-10).

When starting the engine with theauxiliary key, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Remove the auxiliary key from theadvanced key (page 3-17).

2. Make sure the start knob is in OFF/LOCK position.

3. Remove the start knob by pulling itoutward while pressing the buttons onboth the left and right sides.

4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions

With advanced key

Without advanced key

OFF/LOCK

OFF/LOCK

The engraved mark on the actual vehiclemay read OFF or LOCK depending on thetype of ignition system.

OFF/LOCK

The power supply to electrical devices isturned off. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (181,1)

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked (with steering lockmechanism):

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur. (For vehiclesequipped with the advanced key, thesteering wheel locks when the starterknob is turned to the OFF/LOCKposition.)

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition to OFF/LOCK, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P:


NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, move the steeringwheel left and right.Leaving the key or start knob in any positionbut the OFF/LOCK position also disablessome of the security features and may run thebattery down.

ACC (Accessory)

In this position, some electricalaccessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. Some indicatorlights/warning lights should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-44).

NOTEWhen the ignition is switched ON, the sound ofthe fuel pump motor operating near the fueltank can be heard. This does not indicate anabnormality.

NOTEVibration of the brake pedal may be felt whenthe ignition is switched ON, however, this is anormal operation of the DSC/RSC and doesnot indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key. Itthen returns to the ON position.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (182,1)

Starting the EngineNOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.


4. Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTEThe starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Switch the ignition to START and hold(up to 10 seconds at a time) until theengine starts.

CAUTIONDo not try the starter for more than10 seconds at a time. If the enginestalls or fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (183,1)

Turning the Engine Off1. Stop the vehicle completely.

2. Shift the shift lever to the P position.

3. Switch the ignition from ON to OFF/LOCK.

WARNINGDo not stop the engine while thevehicle is moving:

Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving for any reason other thanin an emergency is dangerous.Stopping the engine while the vehicleis moving will result in reducedmaneuverability and braking abilitydue to the loss of power steering andpower braking, which could cause anaccident and serious injury.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition is switched off.

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (184,1)

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until the brakeperformance returns to normal:


CAUTIONØ Do not drive with your foot held

on the brake pedal. Doing so couldresult in the following:Ø The brake parts will wear out

more quickly.Ø The brakes can overheat and

adversely affect brakeperformance.

Ø Always depress the brake pedalwith the right foot. Applying thebrakes with the unaccustomed leftfoot could slow your reaction timeto an emergency situationresulting in insufficient brakingoperation.

Ø Wear shoes appropriate for drivingin order to avoid your shoecontacting the brake pedal whendepressing the accelerator pedal.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (185,1)

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysswitch the ignition to OFF/LOCK, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P:


CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-10) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal, then depress theparking brake pedal fully.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal, then depress theparking brake pedal until it releases.Gradually let up on the parking brakepedal.

NOTERelease the parking brake pedal once beforetrying to reapply it.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (186,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-23).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off, have yourbrake system inspected as soon aspossible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qParking Brake Reminder

If the parking brake has not beencompletely released and the vehicle isdriven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, acontinuous beep sound will be heard tonotify the driver that the parking brakehas not been released.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If onewheel is about to lock up, the ABSresponds by automatically releasing andreapplying that wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal ABS system operation. Continueto depress the brake pedal withoutpumping the brakes.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (187,1)

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS or RSC as asubstitute for safe driving:

The ABS and RSC cannot compensatefor unsafe and reckless driving,excessive speed, tailgating (followinganother vehicle too closely), drivingon ice and snow, and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle,however, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (188,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assist

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate amalfunction.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a motor/pumpoperation noise may be heard. This is anormal effect of the brake assist and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn,the built-in wear indicators contact thedisc plates. This causes a loud screechingnoise to warn that the pads should bereplaced.

When you hear this noise, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive with worn disc pads:

Driving with worn disc pads isdangerous. The brakes could fail andcause a serious accident. As soon asyou hear a screeching noise consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (189,1)

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThe Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving thedriver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even ifyou intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also beaware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may beretained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear theengine racing, confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-13).

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (190,1)

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transaxle.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-9).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence.

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-13).

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (191,1)

qActive Adaptive Shift (AAS)

Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)automatically controls the transaxle shiftpoints to best suit the road conditions anddriver input. This improves drivingcomfort.If the driver accelerates rapidly, oraccelerates and decelerates rapidly byoperating the accelerator and brake pedalfor a certain period of time while the shiftlever is in the D position, AAS modecould activate.When cornering the vehicle, AAS modewill hold the transaxle in the gear thevehicle was in before entering the curve,allowing the vehicle to be acceleratedfrom the same gear after exiting the curve.AAS mode will maintain the transaxle inthe optimum gear and the driver maysense that the transaxle is not shifting,however this does not indicate anabnormality.

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition is switched off, the shift

lever cannot be shifted from P.l To be sure the vehicle is in park, the

ignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition cannot be switched from ACCto OFF when the shift lever is not in P.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the drive wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

NOTEChanging to manual shift mode while drivingwill not damage the transaxle.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 6th gear, the gear willshift to M5.

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (192,1)

Indicators

Manual shift mode indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator


NOTEIf the gears cannot be shifted down whendriving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down (to protect thetransaxle).

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Do not run the engine withthe tachometer needle in the RED ZONE. Ifthe tachometer needle enters the REDZONE, you may feel engine-brakingbecause the fuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, this does notindicate an abnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (193,1)

Manually Shifting down

( M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 →M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped or driven atabout 15 km/h (9.3 mph) or less, thetransaxle is set in the second gear fixedmode. The gear is fixed in second while inthis mode for easier starting and drivingon slippery roads. If the shift lever istapped back ( ) or forward ( ) while inthe second gear fixed mode, the mode willbe canceled.

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 →M2You can shift up to M2 whether thevehicle is stopped or moving.

M2 →M3 15 km/h (10 mph)

M3 →M4 29 km/h (19 mph)

M4 →M5 40 km/h (25 mph)

M5 →M6 50 km/h (32 mph)

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted to a lower gear so as toprotect the transaxle.

Gear Vehicle speed

M6 →M5 230 km/h (142 mph)

M5 →M4 201 km/h (124 mph)

M4 →M3 150 km/h (93 mph)

M3 →M2 96 km/h (59 mph)

M2 →M1 49 km/h (30 mph)

NOTERegarding the vehicle speed at the highestgear indicated above, achieving this speedmay not actually be possible depending onvarious driving conditions such as the wind,upslope, and road surface.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (194,1)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6 →M5 47 km/h (29 mph)

M5 →M4 37 km/h (22 mph)

M4 →M3 26 km/h (16 mph)

M3 or M2 →M1 7 km/h (4 mph)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6 →M5 230 km/h (142 mph)

M5 →M4 90 km/h (55 mph)

M4 →M3 65 km/h (40 mph)

M3 →M2 40 km/h (24 mph)

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration and cruising, werecommend these shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)





Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

WARNINGDo not allow the vehicle to move inreverse on an up-slope while theselector lever is in a forward gearposition, or move forward on a down-slope while the selector lever is in thereverse position.

Otherwise, the engine will stop,causing the loss of the power brakeand power steering functions, andmake it difficult to control the vehiclewhich could result in an accident.

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transaxle willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:


2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (195,1)

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)Operationí

AWD provides excellent driveability onsnow-covered and ice-packed roads, sandand mud, as well as on steep slopes andother slippery surfaces.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (196,1)

qAWD Driving

WARNINGAvoid sharp turns, excessive speed andabrupt maneuvers when driving thisvehicle:

Sharp turns, excessive speed andabrupt maneuvering of this vehicle isdangerous as it could result in theincreased risk of loss of vehiclecontrol, vehicle roll-over, personalinjury or death.This vehicle has a higher center ofgravity. Vehicles with a higher centerof gravity such as utility and AWDvehicles handle differently thanvehicles with a lower center ofgravity.Utility and AWD vehicles are notdesigned for cornering at high speedsany more than low profile sports carsare designed to perform satisfactorilyunder off-road conditions. Inaddition, utility vehicles have asignificantly higher rollover rate thanother types of vehicles.RSC might help if you get intotrouble, but then it might not be ableto allow you to fully recover, alwaysdrive carefully with the vehicle'sheight in mind.

Drive carefully when the vehicle isloaded by lowering vehicle speed andapplying the brakes earlier:

Abrupt maneuvering and suddenbraking when driving a loadedvehicle is dangerous as the drivingbehavior of a vehicle with a highcenter of gravity is different when it isloaded compared to when it is not,and could result in the loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

qAWDWarning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.Thereafter, the warning light willilluminate or flash under the followingconditions:l Illuminates when there is anabnormality with the AWD system.

l Flashes when the differential oiltemperature is abnormally high.

l Flashes when there are continuallylarge differences between front and rearwheel rotation, such as when trying topull away from an icy surface, or whentrying to extricate the vehicle frommud, sand or similar conditions.

If the AWD warning light illuminates:

If the AWD warning light illuminates,contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

If the AWD warning light flashes:

Park the vehicle in a safe place. After afew moments, if the warning light stopsflashing, you can resume driving. If thelight does not stop flashing, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (197,1)

WARNINGNever spin a wheel that is off theground:

Spinning a wheel that is off theground as a result of the vehiclebeing stuck or in a ditch isdangerous. The drive assembly couldbe seriously damaged which couldlead to an accident or could evenlead to overheating, oil leakage, anda fire.

qTires and Tire Chains

The condition of the tires plays a largerole in the performance of the vehicle.Moreover, to prevent adverse effects tothe drive assembly, please note thefollowing:

Tires

l When replacing tires, always replaceall front and rear tires at the same time.

l All tires must be of the same size,manufacture, brand and tread pattern.Pay particular attention whenequipping snow or other types ofwinter tires.

l Do not mix tread-worn tires withnormal tires.

l Inspect tire inflation pressures at thespecified periods and adjust to thespecified pressures.

NOTECheck the tire inflation pressure label attachedto driver's door frame for the correct tireinflation pressure.

l Make sure to equip the vehicle withgenuine wheels of the specified size,on all wheels. With AWD, the systemis calibrated for all four wheels beingof the same dimensions.

Tire chains

l Install tire chains to the front tires.l Do not use tire chains on the rearwheels.

l Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30km/h (19 mph) with the tire chainsinstalled.

l Do not drive the vehicle with tirechains on road conditions other thansnow or ice.

qTowing

If the vehicle requires towing, have ittowed with all four wheels completely offthe ground(page 7-21).

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (198,1)

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ONswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGAlways turn off the cruise controlsystem when it is not in use:

Leaving the cruise control system inan activation-ready state while thecruise control is not in use isdangerous as the cruise control couldunexpectedly activate if theactivation button is accidentallypressed, and result in loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (199,1)

3. Set the cruise control by pressing thecruise control SET /SET - switch upor down at the desired speed. Thecruise control is set at the moment thecruise control SET /SET - switch ispressed up or down. Release theaccelerator pedal simultaneously.

Cruise control switch

NOTEl Release the cruise control switch at the

desired speed, otherwise the speed willcontinue increasing while the switch ispressed up, and continue decreasing whileit is pressed down (except when theaccelerator pedal is depressed).

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down while ascending,or speed up while descending.

l Cruise control will turn off if the vehiclespeed decreases below 30 km/h (19 mph)when cruise is activated, such as whenclimbing a steep grade.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press up the cruise control SET switchand hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET

switch. Multiple taps will increaseyour vehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) foreach tap.

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (200,1)

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press down or press up on the cruisecontrol SET /SET - switch and releaseit immediately.


NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control SET -switch and hold it. The vehicle willgradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise control SET -switch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the OFFswitch was used to cancel cruising speed(such as applying the brake pedal) and thesystem is still activated, the most recentset speed will automatically resume whenthe RES switch is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) or more and press the RESswitch.

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (201,1)

l Press the CANCEL switch.

The system turns off when the ignition isswitched off.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade).

Traction Control System(TCS)

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque and braking.When the TCS detects driving wheelslippage, it lowers engine torque andoperates the brakes to prevent loss oftraction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheels,limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:

The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and roadcontact because of water on the roadsurface). You can still have anaccident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:

Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (202,1)

CAUTIONDo not rely on the TCS to maintainconstant control of the vehicle undersevere or maximum handlingconditions. If the TCS operatesfrequently due to severe drivingconditions, the TCS may stopoperating to protect the brakes fromoverheating. After the brakes havecooled down, the TCS resumesnormal operation.

qTCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON. If the TCS or DSC/RSC is operating,the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC/RSCor the brake assist system may have amalfunction and they may not operatecorrectly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

qTCS OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the TCS OFFswitch is pressed and TCS is switched off.Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.If the light remains illuminated and theTCS is not switched off, take your vehicleto an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Thedynamic stability control may have amalfunction.

NOTEIf the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCSOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter switching the ignition from ON to OFF,and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.If this still does not resolve the issue, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (203,1)

qTCS OFF Switch

If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km/h(9 mph), press the TCS OFF switch toturn off the TCS. The TCS OFF indicatorlight will illuminate.

Press the switch again to turn the TCSback on. The TCS OFF indicator lightwill turn off. If the vehicle speed is morethan 15 km/h (9 mph), the TCS OFFindicator light will not illuminate even ifthe switch is pressed.

NOTEl When TCS is on and you attempt to free the

vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it out offreshly fallen snow, the TCS will activate.Depressing the accelerator will notincrease engine power and freeing thevehicle may be difficult. When this happens,turn off the TCS.

l If the TCS is off when the engine is turnedoff, it automatically activates when theignition is switched ON.

l Leaving the TCS on will provide the besttraction.

l If the TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed ismore than 15 km/h (9 mph), itautomatically activates and the TCS OFFindicator light will turn off.

l If the TCS OFF switch is pressed and heldfor 10 seconds or more, the TCS OFFswitch malfunction detection functionoperates and the TCS and DSC/RSC systemactivates automatically. The TCS OFFindicator light turns off while the TCSsystem is operative.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (204,1)

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)/Roll StabilityControl (RSC)

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

The Roll Stability Control (RSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control rollingwhen cornering at a higher speed orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-8) and TCS (page5-23).

DSC/RSC operation is possible at speedsgreater than 15 km/h (9 mph).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:

The dynamic stability control (DSC)/Roll Stability Control (RSC) cannotcompensate for unsafe and recklessdriving, excessive speed, tailgating(following another vehicle tooclosely), and hydroplaning (reducedtire friction and road contact becauseof water on the road surface). Youcan still have an accident.

When driving under bad roadconditions, lower the vehicle speed anddrive carefully:

Reckless driving and excessive speedunder any road conditions isdangerous as it reduces vehiclestability and operability which couldresult in an accident.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (205,1)

CAUTIONØ The DSC/RSC may not operate

correctly unless the following areobserved:Ø Use tires of the correct size

specified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

Ø Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

Ø Do not mix worn tires.Ø The DSC/RSC may not operate

correctly when tire chains are usedor a temporary spare tire isinstalled because the tire diameterchanges.

Ø Do not modify the suspension,steering wheel, and tires. It mayaffect the DSC/RSC.

Ø Do not install non-genuinespeakers since their vibration mayaffect the Dynamic StabilityControl (DSC)/Roll StabilityControl (RSC) sensors.




Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (206,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (207,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (208,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (209,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (210,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-8).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the TPMS warning light flashes,there may be a system malfunction.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

When an Authorized Mazda Dealerchanges your vehicle's tires, they willcomplete the tire pressure sensor ID signalcode registration.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, switchthe ignition ON, then back to ACC orOFF.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (211,1)

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

Driving Your Mazda


5-33


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (212,1)

Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Systemí

The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system is designed to assist the driver by monitoringblind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as whenchanging lanes on roads and freeways.

The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear whenthe vehicle speed is about 32 km/h (20 mph) or more, and notifies the driver of vehicles inthe detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light.If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated, thesystem warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound.

Detection areas

WARNINGDo not rely completely on the BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundingsbut is not a complete substitute. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changesand other maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle istraveling and the vehicle's surroundings.

NOTEl The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km/h (20 mph).l The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper. (page 5-37)l The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer. Turn off the system by operating the

BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer.l The radar sensors do not detect human, animal, or static objects such as fences. In addition, the

system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position. (The system resumesautomatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position.)

5-34

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (213,1)

l The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations. The BSM system may not operateproperly under the following conditions:l Ice, snow, or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors.l During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow, or under conditions where water is

sprayed.l The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material (such as

stickers or a bicycle carrier).l The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle, especially the

following types of vehicles:l Motorcyclesl Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo.l Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars.

l Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to therear bumper, even in a minor accident. If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor, thesystem may not operate properly resulting in an accident.

l For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors, or replacement of the bumper, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of thecountry where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U.S.A.(including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a countryother than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFFswitch.

l The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of generalfreeways. Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width, the system may detect vehicles on alane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light/beep. On a road with wider lanewidth, the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warninglight/beep.

l Operation of the warning light/beep may be delayed or the system may not operate the warninglight/beep under the following conditions:l The vehicle accelerates from a standing-start with a vehicle alongside.l A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane.l The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when

passing or being passed, and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period oftime.

l On a steep incline, or when there is a difference in height between lanes.l Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it

has been turned off (BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates) by pressing theswitch.

l Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails andoperate the warning light/beep, it does not indicate a malfunction.

l If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors candetect, the system may pause (The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes).However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (214,1)

l The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror,making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights:l Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors.l The door window glass is tinted.

qBSMWarning Light/Beep

BSM warning light

Equipped on the left and right doormirrors.

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.If the BSM system detects a vehicle in thedetection area while the vehicle is drivenat a speed of about 32 km/h (20 mph) ormore, the BSM warning light illuminateson the side of the vehicle where the rearon-coming vehicle is detected.

NOTEl If ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror

surface, the BSM warning light may not bevisible.

l If the door window glass is tinted, it mayaffect the visibility of the BSM warninglight, making it difficult to confirm theillumination of the light.

BSM warning beep

The warning beep operates when the turnsignal lever is operated to the side wherethe BSM warning light is illuminated.

NOTEThe system can be personalized so that theBSM warning beep does not operate. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qBSM OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

The BSM OFF indicator light illuminateswhen the BSM system is turned off bypressing the BSM OFF switch.The indicator light flashes if the BSMsystem has a malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven on a road with lesstraffic and few vehicles that the radar sensorscan detect, the system may pause (The BSMOFF indicator light in the instrument panelflashes). However, it does not indicate amalfunction.

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (215,1)

qBSM OFF Switch

When the BSM switch is pressed, theBSM system turns off and the BSM OFFindicator light illuminates.

Press the BSM OFF switch again to turnon the BSM system. The BSM OFFindicator light turns off.

NOTEl The system may not operate normally when

towing a trailer. Turn off the system byoperating the BSM OFF switch whentowing a trailer.

l If the ignition is switched off with the BSMsystem turned off, the system becomesoperable automatically when the ignition isswitched ON.

qCare of Radar Sensors

The radar sensors are equipped inside therear bumper.

Radar sensors

Always keep the bumper surface near theradar sensor area clean so that the BSMsystem operates normally. Refer to theExterior Care (page 8-56).

NOTEl The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the

radar sensors cannot operate normally. Ifthe light remains flashing after cleaning thebumper surface near the radar sensor area,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l For repairs or paintwork around the radarsensors, or replacement of the bumper,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (216,1)

qSafety Certification

Radiation Hazard

This BSM (blind spot monitoring) deviceemits intentional electromagneticradiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHzfrequency range. The total radiatedaverage power over the entire bandwidthis below _14 dBm (40 µW). The activeemitting antenna surface is 72 cm2;therefore the radiated power density infront of the BSM device is 0.55 µW/cm2.This value is far below the legal humanexposure protection limit of 1 mW/cm2

(MPE) in Europe and US.

Declaration of compliance for 24 GHzblind spot radar

(U.S.A)

FCC ID: OAYBSDTXThis vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHzblind spot monitoring (BSM) radarsystem, which complies with part 15 ofthe FCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

3. This device may only work when thevehicle is in operation pursuant to§15.252 (a) (4).

(CANADA)

IC:4135A-BSDTXThis vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHzblind spot monitoring (BSM) radarsystem, which complies with the radiostandards specification RSS-220 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

NOTEDuring printing time of this user manual theapprovals listed below are granted. Furthercountries may become available or actualcertification identifiers may be subject tochange or update.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

5-38

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (217,1)

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-40Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-40Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-41Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-41Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-42Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-42

NOTEWhen the ignition is switched ON, the dashboard gauges illuminate.

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators

5-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (218,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Selector

Trip meter

Odometer

Trip meter B

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter A

Odometer

Odometer

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (219,1)

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for 1 second ormore. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).

Red zone

CAUTIONDo not run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-16).

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (220,1)

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is remaining in the tank whenthe ignition is switched ON.We recommend keeping the tank over 1/4full. When the low fuel warning lightilluminates or when the needle is near E,refuel as soon as possible.

Low fuel warning light

Full Approx. 1/4 Full

NOTEl After refueling, it may require some time for

the needle to stabilize. In addition, theneedle may deviate while driving on a slopeor curve since the fuel moves in the tank.

l The direction of the arrow ( ) next to thelow fuel warning light indicates that thefuel-filler lid is on the left side of thevehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument cluster and otherilluminations in the dashboard.

NOTEl The brightness of dashboard illuminations

can be adjusted when the headlight switchis in the or position.

l When the dashboard illuminationbrightness cannot be adjusted any more, abeep sound will be heard.

l (Black-out meter)The brightness of the instrument clusterillumination can be adjusted when theheadlight switch is in any position.

Dim

Bright

Canceling the illumination dimmer(Black-out meter and dashboardilluminations)

When the headlight switch is in theor position, the illumination of theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (221,1)

To cancel the illumination dimmer, pressthe dashboard illumination knob.

NOTEl This symbol ( ) indicates the knob to

adjust the brightness of the dashboardillumination.

l If the illumination dimmer is cancelled, theinstrument cluster and the informationdisplay will not dim when the headlightswitch is turned to the or positionagain. Press the dashboard illuminationknob to activate the illumination dimmer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (222,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-46

Charging System Warning Light 5-48

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-48

Check Engine Light 5-48

Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power Warning Light 5-49

ABS Warning Light 5-47

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-49

5-44

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (223,1)


Low Fuel Warning Light 5-50

Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5-50

Seat Belt Warning Light 5-50

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-50

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-50

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-51

AWDWarning Light 5-51

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-51

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-53

Security Indicator Light 5-55

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-55

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-55

TCS/DSC/RSC Indicator Light 5-56

TCS OFF Indicator Light 5-56

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-56

BSM OFF Indicator Light 5-57

Driving Your Mazda


5-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (224,1)


Lights-On Indicator Light 5-57

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-57

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light illuminates when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchedto START or ON. It turns off when theparking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder todepress or that it may go closer to thefloor. In either case, it will take longer tostop the vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, open thehood and check the brake fluid levelimmediately, and then add fluid ifrequired (page 8-23).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light turns off, have yourbrake system inspected as soon aspossible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (225,1)

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEl When the engine is jump-started to charge

the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. If this occurs,it is the result of the weak battery and doesnot indicate an ABS malfunction.Recharge the battery.

l The brake assist system does not operatewhile the ABS warning light is illuminated.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may illuminate the brakesystem warning light and the ABSwarning light on simultaneously. Theproblem is likely to be the electronicbrake force distribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated simultaneously isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (226,1)

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-20).If it's low, add the appropriate amountof engine oil while being careful not tooverfill.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDo not run the engine if the oilpressure is low. It could result inextensive engine damage.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition is switched ON and turns offwhen the engine is started.

If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (227,1)

The check engine light may illuminate inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

qPowertrain Malfunction/ReducedPower Warning Light


If this light illuminates while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light illuminated and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The powertrain malfunction/reducedpower warning light may illuminate in thefollowing cases:l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The brake switch has a problem.

If the powertrain malfunction/reducedpower warning light remains on, do notdrive at high speeds and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition isswitched ON or after the engine iscranked. The warning light turns off aftera specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition isswitched ON. If any of these occur,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may notoperate in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (228,1)

qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qCheck Fuel Cap Warning Light


If the check fuel cap warning lightilluminates while driving, the fuel-fillercap may not be installed properly. Stopthe engine and reinstall the fuel-filler cap.Refer to Fuel-Filler Cap on page 3-48.

qSeat Belt Warning Light

The seat belt warning light illuminates ifthe driver or front passenger's seat isoccupied and the seat belt is not fastenedwith the ignition switched ON.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor or liftgate is not securely closed.Close the door or liftgate securely beforedriving the vehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Lightí

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-24).

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (229,1)

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warninglight illuminates, the transaxle hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransaxle. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qAWDWarning Light (AWD)

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.Thereafter, the warning light willilluminate or flash under the followingconditions:l Illuminates when there is anabnormality with the AWD system.

l Flashes when the differential oiltemperature is abnormally high.

l Flashes when there are continuallylarge differences between front and rearwheel rotation, such as when trying topull away from an icy surface, or whentrying to extricate the vehicle frommud, sand or similar conditions.

If the AWD warning light illuminates:

If the AWD warning light illuminates,contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

If the AWD warning light flashes:

Park the vehicle in a safe place. After afew moments, if the warning light stopsflashing, you can resume driving. If thelight does not stop flashing, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGNever spin a wheel that is off theground:

Spinning a wheel that is off theground as a result of the vehiclebeing stuck or in a ditch isdangerous. The drive assembly couldbe seriously damaged which couldlead to an accident or could evenlead to overheating, oil leakage, anda fire.

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Lightí


Driving Your Mazda


5-51íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (230,1)

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (231,1)

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may turnoff if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to turn off. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it turns off.

l Tires lose air naturally over time and theTPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat. However,when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you shouldhave someone drive the vehicle slowlyforward so you can inspect any low tire forcuts and any metal objects sticking throughtread or sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need to beaddressed by more than simply refilling thetrouble tire as leaks are dangerous - take itto an Authorized Mazda Dealer which hasall the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systemsand order the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-8).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the ignition is switched ON, itilluminates momentarily and then goesout.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (232,1)

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:

If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and usethe auxiliary key to continue drivingthe vehicle. Have the vehicleinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the start knobwill not rotate to the ACC positioneven if it is pushed in from the OFF/LOCK position.l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the start knob hasnot been returned to the OFF/LOCKposition to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed fromthe vehicle. It will stop flashing whenthe advanced key is back inside thevehicle.l The start knob has not been returned

to the OFF/LOCK position, thedriver's door is open, and theadvanced key is removed from thevehicle.

l The start knob has not been returnedto the OFF/LOCK position and allthe doors are closed after removingthe advanced key from the vehicle.

NOTEThe flashing KEY warning light (red) and thebeep sound operate simultaneously (page3-20).

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the start knob is pushed in from theOFF/LOCK position, the system confirmsthat the correct advanced key is inside thevehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)illuminates, and the start knob can beturned to the ACC position (page 3-10).

When flashing

When the advanced key battery power islow, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30seconds after the start knob is turned fromthe ON position to the ACC or OFF/LOCK position. Replace with a newbattery before the advanced key becomesunusable (page 3-7).

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (233,1)

NOTEThe advanced key can be set so that the KEYindicator light (green) does not flash even ifthe battery power is low.Refer to Personalization Features on page10-8.

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition is switchedfrom ON to ACC and the immobilizersystem is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionis switched ON with the correct ignitionkey.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then turns off.

If the engine does not start with thecorrect ignition key, and the securityindicator light keeps illuminating orflashing, the system may have amalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition is switched ON.


Driving Your Mazda


5-55


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (234,1)


When the shift lever is in the D or Mposition, the numeral for the selected geardisplays.




NOTEl In addition to the indicator light flashing, a

slight lugging sound will come from theengine. This indicates that the TCS isoperating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as fresh snow, itwill be impossible to achieve high rpmwhen the TCS is on.

qTCS OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.It also illuminates when the TCS OFFswitch is pressed and TCS is switched off.Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5-25.If the light remains illuminated and theTCS is not switched off, take your vehicleto an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Thedynamic stability control may have amalfunction.

NOTEIf the TCS/DSC indicator light and the TCSOFF indicator light remain illuminated evenafter switching the ignition from ON to OFF,and back to ON, attempt the procedure again.If this still does not resolve the issue, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

5-56

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (235,1)

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON switch is pressed and thecruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qBSM OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition is switchedON.

The BSM OFF indicator light illuminateswhen the BSM system is turned off bypressing the BSM OFF switch.The indicator light flashes if the BSMsystem has a malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven on a road with lesstraffic and few vehicles that the radar sensorscan detect, the system may pause (The BSMOFF indicator light in the instrument panelflashes). However, it does not indicate amalfunction.

qLights-On Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

qTurn Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-66).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-75).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (236,1)

Beep Sounds

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Beep

If a malfunction is detected in the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systems andthe warning light, a warning beep soundwill be heard for about 5 seconds everyminute.

The air bag and seat belt pretensionersystem warning beep sound will continueto be heard for approximately 35 minutes.Have your vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the airbag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding:

Driving the vehicle with the air bag/front seat belt pretensioner systemwarning beep sounding is dangerous.In a collision, the air bags and thefront seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy and this could resultin death or serious injury.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealerto have the vehicle inspected as soonas possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition is switched ON, a beepsound will be heard for about 6 seconds.If the driver or the front passenger's seatbelt is not fastened and the vehicle isdriven at a speed faster than about 20km/h (12 mph), a beep sound will beheard again for a specified period of time.Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page2-35.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition is switched off or theignition is switched to ACC with the keyinserted, a continuous beep sound will beheard when the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminderí

If lights are on and the ignition isswitched to ACC or the ignition isswitched off, or the key is removed fromthe ignition switch, a continuous beepsound will be heard when the driver'sdoor is opened.

NOTEl (With advanced key)

When the advanced keyless function is usedand the ignition is switched to ACC, the“Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep”(page 3-18) overrides the lights-onreminder.

l When the ignition is switched to ACC or theignition is switched off, the “Ignition KeyReminder” (page 5-3) overrides the lights-on reminder.

5-58

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (237,1)

qParking Brake Reminder

If the parking brake has not beencompletely released and the vehicle isdriven at about 5 km/h (3 mph) or faster, acontinuous beep sound will be heard tonotify the driver that the parking brakehas not been released.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-28).

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (withAdvanced Key)

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds onpage 3-18.

qBlind Spot Monitoring SystemWarning Beepí

The warning beep operates when the turnsignal lever is operated to the side wherethe BSM warning light is illuminated.

NOTEThe system can be personalized so that theBSM warning beep does not operate. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-59íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (238,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboardillumination on or off.

NOTEl To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety

requires them.l If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off (if equipped) approximately 30

seconds after switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off.

Without AUTO position

Type A

Type B

5-60

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (239,1)

Switch PositionType A

Type B

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

With AUTO position

Type A

Type B

Driving Your Mazda


5-61


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (240,1)

Switch PositionType A ―

Type B ―

Headlights Off

Auto

Off On

Auto

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

AUTO (Auto-light control)

When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON, thelight sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns theheadlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off (see chart above).

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield.

Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keephands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipersand wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you aregoing to clean the windshield, be sure the wipers are turned off completely ― thisis particularly important when clearing ice and snow ― when it is particularlytempting to leave the engine running.

5-62

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (241,1)

NOTEl The headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately

even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor determines that it isnighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside longtunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position.

l The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster. Also,the day/night mode can be changed by pressing the knob. To adjust the brightness of thedashboard illumination: Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5-42.

l The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright whitebeam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous. Because the xenon fusionbulbs require high voltage, you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs arehandled incorrectly. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement isnecessary.

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightness weakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and a replacement isnecessary. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminderí

If lights are on and the ignition isswitched to ACC or the ignition isswitched off, or the key is removed fromthe ignition switch, a continuous beepsound will be heard when the driver'sdoor is opened.

NOTEl (With advanced key)

When the advanced keyless function is usedand the ignition is switched to ACC, the“Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep”(page 3-18) overrides the lights-onreminder.

l When the ignition is switched to ACC or theignition is switched off, the “Ignition KeyReminder” (page 5-3) overrides the lights-on reminder.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Press the lever forward to turn on the highbeams.Pull the lever back to its original positionfor the low beams.

Driving Your Mazda


5-63íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (242,1)

Type A

High beam

Low beam

Type B

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytowards you (the headlight switch doesnot need to be on). The lever will return tothe normal position when released.Type A

OFF

Flashing

Type B

OFF

Flashing

5-64

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (243,1)

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.The headlight leveling switch is used toadjust the angle of the headlightsmanually.

Select the proper headlight angle from the followingchart.

Front seat Rear seatLoad

SwitchPositionDriver Passenger

Second-row

Third-row

× ― ― ― ― 0

× × ― ― ― 0

× × ― × ― 1

× × × × ― 1

× × × × × 2

× ― ― ― × 3

×: Yes―: No

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignition isswitched ON.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Driving Your Mazda


5-65íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (244,1)

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Turn Signals

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.(Type A)

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

(Type B)

Right turn

Left turn

Right lane change

Left lane change

OFF

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEIf an indicator light stays on without flashingor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out.

5-66

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (245,1)

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.The fog lights will help you to see as wellas be seen under foggy conditions or atnight.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theposition before turning on the fog lights.Type A

Fog light switch

Type B

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the (Type A)/(Type B) position.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the fog light switch is in the ON positionand the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the fog lights will turn on whenthe headlights, the exterior lights anddashboard illumination turn automatically.

Driving Your Mazda


5-67íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (246,1)

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition must be switched ON.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Only use windshield washer fluidmixed with anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing weather conditions isdangerous as it could freeze on thewindshield and block your visionwhich could cause an accident.In addition, make sure thewindshield is sufficiently warmedusing the defroster before sprayingthe washer fluid.

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they do notresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pressing the leverup or down.

With INT position

5-68

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (247,1)

Switch PositionWiper operation

No.TypeA

TypeB

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Intermittent

Low speed

High speed

With AUTO position

Switch PositionWiper operation

No.TypeA

TypeB

Single wipe cycle (mist)

Auto control

Low speed

High speed

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to the intermittent positionand choose the interval timing by rotatingthe ring.

Type A

INT ring

Type B

INT ring

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)

When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wipers on or off automatically(off―intermittent―low speed―highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), rotatethe switch downward for highersensitivity (faster response) or rotate itupward for less sensitivity (slowerresponse).

Driving Your Mazda


5-69


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (248,1)

Type A

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivity

Switch

Center position

Type B

Center position

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivitySwitch

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

5-70

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (249,1)

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched or wiped witha cloth.

Ø If the windshield is struck witha hand or other object fromeither outside or inside thevehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the wiperlever is in the AUTO position andthe ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow―when it ismost likely that the engine is leftrunning.

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while driving ata vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher(or after driving the vehicle) activates thewindshield wipers once, after which theyoperate according to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (Such as ice ormatter containing salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, set the wiperlever to the low speed position or highspeed position for manual operation, orremove the ice, dirt or foreign matter byhand to restore the auto-wiper operation.

l If the auto-wiper lever is left in the AUTOposition, the wipers could operateautomatically from the effect of strong lightsources, electromagnetic waves, or infraredlight because the rain sensor uses anoptical sensor. It is recommended that theauto-wiper lever be switched to the OFFposition other than when driving the vehicleunder rainy conditions.

Driving Your Mazda


5-71


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (250,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

Washer

OFF

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittentposition/AUTO position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-24). If it's normal,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper andWasher


qRear Window Wiper

Type A

Type B

Turn the wiper on by turning the rearwiper/washer switch.ON ― NormalINT ― Intermittent

5-72

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (251,1)

qRear Window Washer

To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to the position. Afterthe switch is released, the washer willstop.If the washer does not work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-24). If it's normal andthe washer still does not work, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.


Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 15 minutesand turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.The defroster operation can be confirmedby the indicator in the display.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 15 minutes has elapsed, pressthe switch again.

Indicator light

CAUTIONDo not use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

Driving Your Mazda


5-73


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (252,1)

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, switchthe ignition ON and press the rear windowdefroster switch (page 5-73).

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

5-74

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (253,1)

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

HomeLink WirelessControl Systemí

NOTEHomeLink and HomeLink house are registeredtrademarks of Johnson Controls.

The HomeLink system replaces up to 3hand-held transmitters with a single built-in component in the auto-dimming mirror.Pressing the HomeLink button on theauto-dimming mirror activates garagedoors, gates and other devicessurrounding your home.

HomeLink button

Indicator light

Driving Your Mazda


5-75íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (254,1)

WARNINGDo not use the HomeLink system withany garage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature:

Using the HomeLink system with anygarage door opener that lacks thesafety stop and reverse feature asrequired by federal safety standardsis dangerous. (This includes garagedoors manufactured before April 1,1982.)Using these garage door openers canincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath. For further information,contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515or www.homelink.com or yourAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Always check the areas surroundinggarage doors and gates for people orobstructions before programming orduring operation of the HomeLinksystem:

Programming or operating theHomeLink system without verifyingthe safety of areas surroundinggarage doors and gates is dangerousand could result in an unexpectedaccident and serious injury ifsomeone were to be hit.

CAUTIONHomeLink has been tested andcomplies with FCC and IndustryCanada rules. Changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the device.

NOTEFCC ID: NZLOBIHL3CANADA:4112A-OBIHL3This device complies with FCC rules part 15.Operation is subject to the followingconditions:1- This device may not cause any harmfulinterference and2- This device must accept any interferencethat may be received including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThe programming will not be erased even ifthe battery is disconnected.

qPre-programming the HomeLinkSystem

NOTEIt is recommended that a new battery beplaced in the hand-held transmitter of thedevice being programmed to HomeLink forquicker training and accurate transmission ofthe radio-frequency signal.

l Verify that there is a remote controltransmitter available for the device youwould like to program.

l Disconnect the power to the device.

qProgramming the HomeLink System

CAUTIONWhen programming a garage dooropener or a gate, disconnect thepower to these devices beforeperforming programming, ascontinuous operation of the devicescould damage the motor.

5-76

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (255,1)

The HomeLink system provides 3 buttonswhich can be individually selected andprogrammed using the transmitters forcurrent, on-market devices as follows:

1. Press and hold the two outerHomeLink buttons (buttons one andthree)― releasing only when theindicator light begins to flash (after 20seconds). Do not hold the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and do notrepeat step 1 to program a second and/or third hand-held transmitter to theremaining two HomeLink buttons.

2. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 2.5―7.5 cm (1―3 inches)away from the HomeLink button youwish to program while keeping theindicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both thechosen HomeLink and hand-heldtransmitter buttons. Do not release thebuttons until step 4 has beencompleted.

NOTESome gate operators and garage door openersmay require you to replace this ProgrammingStep 3 with procedures noted in the “GateOperator/Canadian Programming” section.

4. After the HomeLink indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidlyblinking light, release both theHomeLink and hand-held transmitterbuttons.

NOTEIf the HomeLink indicator light does notchange to a rapidly blinking light, contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515 for assistance.

5. Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink button and observe theindicator light.

If the indicator light stays on constantly,programming is complete and yourdevice should activate when theHomeLink button is pressed and released.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

If the indicator light blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to aconstant light, continue with“Programming” steps 6―8 to completethe programming of a rolling codeequipped device (most commonly agarage door opener).

6. At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

7. Firmly press and release the “learn” or“smart” button. (The name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturer.)

NOTEThere are 30 seconds in which to initiate step8.

8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and release theprogrammed HomeLink button. Repeatthe “press/hold/release” sequence asecond time, and, depending on thebrand of the garage door opener (orother rolling code equipped device),repeat this sequence a third time tocomplete the programming process.

Driving Your Mazda


5-77


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (256,1)

HomeLink should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

NOTETo program the remaining two HomeLinkbuttons, begin with “Programming”― step 2.Do not repeat step 1.

For questions or comments, please contactHomeLink at www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

qGate operator/CanadianProgramming

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission ―which may not be long enough forHomeLink to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators aredesigned to “time-out” in the samemanner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatorby using the “Programming” procedures(regardless of where you live), replace“Programming HomeLink” step 3 withthe following:

NOTEIf programming a garage door opener or gateoperator, it is advised to unplug the deviceduring the “cycling” process to preventpossible overheating.

Continue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton while you press and release ―every two seconds (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter until the frequency signalhas successfully been accepted byHomeLink. (The indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly.)Proceed with “Programming” step 4 tocomplete.

qOperating the HomeLink System

Press the programmed HomeLink buttonto operate a programmed device. Thecode will continue being transmitted for amaximum of 20 seconds.

qReprogramming the HomeLinksystem

To program a device to HomeLink using aHomeLink button previously trained,follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink button, proceed with“Programming” - step 2.

qErasing Programmed HomeLinkButtons

To erase the existing programming fromall three operating channels, press andhold the two outside buttons ( , )on the auto-dimming mirror until theHomeLink indicator light begins to flashafter approximately 20 seconds.Verify that the programming has beenerased when you resell the vehicle.

5-78

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (257,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System .......................... 6-2Operating Tips .................................... 6-2Vent Operation (Front) ........................ 6-4Fully Automatic Type ......................... 6-6Vent Operation (Rear) ....................... 6-12Fully Automatic Type (Rear) ............ 6-14

Audio System ......................................... 6-17Antenna ............................................. 6-17Operating Tips for Audio System ..... 6-17Types of the Audio Set ...................... 6-27Audio Set (Type A) ........................... 6-29Audio Set (Type B) ........................... 6-39Audio Control Switch Operation ...... 6-65AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ........... 6-68Safety Certification ........................... 6-71

Rear Entertainment System ................. 6-72Rear Entertainment Systemí ............ 6-72Part Names ........................................ 6-82Before Operation ............................... 6-85Sound Output .................................... 6-91Rear Entertainment SystemFunctions ........................................... 6-95DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD, AudioCD and MP3/WMA CD Playback (DiscMode) ................................................ 6-96Auxiliary Input (AUX mode) .......... 6-110Language Code List ........................ 6-114Country Code List ........................... 6-116Error Message ................................. 6-120Symptoms and Actions ................... 6-122

Bluetooth Audio (Type B) ................... 6-125Bluetooth Audio (Type B)í ............ 6-125

Bluetooth Hands-Free (VoiceRecognition) ......................................... 6-133

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .................. 6-133Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation... 6-138Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ............................................. 6-144Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-153When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot beUsed ................................................ 6-162Safety Certification ......................... 6-162Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService ............................................ 6-163

Bluetooth Hands-Free (PanelOperation) ............................................ 6-164

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .................. 6-164Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation... 6-166Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ............................................. 6-169Hands-Free Setting .......................... 6-173When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot beUsed ................................................ 6-175Safety Certification ......................... 6-176Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService ............................................ 6-176

Rear View Monitor .............................. 6-177Rear View Monitorí ...................... 6-177

Interior Equipment ............................. 6-183Sunvisors ......................................... 6-183Interior Lights ................................. 6-184Information Display ........................ 6-186Cup Holder ...................................... 6-191Bottle Holder ................................... 6-193Storage Compartments .................... 6-193Accessory Sockets .......................... 6-197Power Outletí ................................ 6-198

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (258,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switched ONwhen the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions such as leaves,snow and ice from the hood and the airinlet in the cowl grille to improve thesystem efficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

Your vehicle is equipped with an air filterfor the air conditioner. It is necessary tochange the filter periodically as indicatedin scheduled maintenance (page 8-3).Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer forreplacement of the cabin air filter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (259,1)

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and the intensity of directsunlight. It then sets temperatures insidethe passenger compartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (260,1)

Vent Operation (Front)

OpenCloseOpen Close

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.

Opening/closing vents

The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel.

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but aresult of humid air being suddenly cooled.

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (261,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Dashboard Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Floor Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (262,1)

Fully Automatic TypeClimate control information is displayed on the information display.

Temperature setting display (driver)

Ambient temperature /Temperature setting display (front passenger)

Mode selector display

Airflow display

A/C

DUALAUTO

Air intake display

Information display

Passenger temperature control dial

Windshield defroster switch

Fan control dialDriver temperature control dial

Rear window defroster switch

Air intake selector

OFF switchAUTO switch

Mode selector switch

A/C switch

DUAL switch

OUTSIDE (Ambient temperature) switch

6-6

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (263,1)

qControl Switches

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the selectedset temperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow model Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l If any of the following dials or switches are

operated while in AUTO control, the AUTOswitch indicator turns off.l Mode selector switchl Fan control diall Windshield defroster switchThe functions for dials and switches otherthan those operated in the above continueto operate in AUTO control.

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.l When the DUAL switch is off:Turn the driver temperature control dialto control the temperature.

l When the DUAL switch is on:Turn the driver or front passengertemperature control dial to control thetemperature.

NOTEThe system changes to the individual operationmode (DUAL switch indicator lightilluminated) by turning the front passengertemperature control dial even when the DUALswitch is off, which allows individual controlof the set temperature for the driver and frontpassenger.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

Interior Comfort


6-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (264,1)


The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-5).

NOTEl With the airflow mode set to the

position and the temperature control dialset at a medium temperature, heated air isdirected to the feet and a comparably lowerair temperature will flow through thecentral, left and right vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindshield defroster switch.

l In the position, the air conditioner isautomatically turned on and themode is automatically selected to defrostthe windshield. In the position, the

mode cannot be changed to themode.

A/C switch

Pressing the A/C switch while the AUTOswitch is turned on will turn off the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions). The air conditioning can beturned on and off by pressing the A/Cswitch while the fan control dial is on.

NOTEl The air conditioning operates when the A/C

switch is pressed even if the fan is off.l The air conditioner may not function when

the outside temperature approaches 0 °C(32 °F). (Indicator light remains on evenwhen system is off.)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.Recirculated air position (indicatorlight illuminated)Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicator lightturned off)Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (265,1)

OUTSIDE (Ambient Temperature)switch

Press the OUTSIDE switch to display theambient temperature.

NOTEl The displayed ambient temperature may

vary from the actual ambient temperaturedepending on the surrounding area andvehicle conditions.

l Press the OUTSIDE switch for threeseconds or longer to switch the displayfrom Fahrenheit to Centigrade or viceversa.

l Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switchthe display from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

DUAL switch

Use the DUAL switch to change the modebetween the individual operation (driverand passenger) and interconnection(simultaneous) modes.

Individual operation mode (indicatorlight illuminated)

The set temperature can be controlledindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

Interconnection mode (indicator lightturned off)

The set temperature for the driver andfront passenger is controlledsimultaneously.

NOTEl The set temperature for the front passenger

changes to that of the driver while in theinterconnected mode.

l is displayed on the informationdisplay while in the individual operationmode.

l The system changes to the interconnectionmode automatically if the windshielddefroster switch is pressed. The system willnot change to the individual operationmode by pressing the DUAL switch orturning the front passenger temperaturecontrol dial.

Windshield defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

Interior Comfort


6-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (266,1)

NOTEIn the position, the air conditioner isautomatically turned on and the mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield. In the position, themode cannot be changed to the mode.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.

2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.Press the DUAL switch or turn thefront passenger temperature controldial to control the set temperatureindividually for the driver and frontpassenger.

Cold Hot

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

NOTEl Setting the temperature to the maximum

high or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-5). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

6-10

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (267,1)

NOTEl Press the windshield defroster switch to

change the mode to the interconnectionmode automatically. The system does notchange to the individual operation mode bypressing the DUAL switch or turning thefront passenger temperature control dial.

l Use the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (268,1)

Vent Operation (Rear)

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but aresult of humid air being suddenly cooled.

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (269,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

For vehicles with rear full-auto air conditioning, the airflow mode can be selectedaccording to the purpose of use.

Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents

Instrument panel and Floor Vents

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (270,1)

Fully Automatic Type (Rear)

Mode selector display

Rear airflow display

AUTO

Fan control switch Temperature control switch

OFF switchMode selector switch

AUTO switch

AUTO switch

REAR switchFront

Rear

SYNC

Temperature setting display

qControl Switches

Rear switch

Press the rear switch to operate the rear airconditioning.The indicator illuminates to indicate thatthe rear air conditioning is operating.

AUTO switch

By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the settemperature:l Airflow temperature

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (271,1)

l Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow mode

OFF switch

Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Temperature control switch

This switch controls temperature. Pressfor hot and for cold.

Fan control switch

The fan has five speeds.


The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-13).

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

Operation from front seats

1. Turn the front air conditioning on.

2. Press the rear switch. The rear airconditioning operates.

3. Selection of the airflow mode, airflowamount and temperature will beautomatically controlled to the sametemperature setting as the front airconditioner for the driver's side.

Interior Comfort


6-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (272,1)

NOTEl If the AUTO switch is pressed while the

front A/C switch is off, the rear airconditioning operates only to circulate air.

l Setting the temperature to the maximumhigh or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.


l When the rear air conditioner is controlledto the same temperature setting as the frontair conditioner for the driver's side,“SYNC” is displayed on the rear screen.

Operation from rear seats

1. Turn the front air conditioning on.

2. Press the AUTO switch. The selectionof the airflow mode and airflowamount will be automaticallycontrolled.

3. Use the temperature control switch toset the desired temperature.

NOTEl If the AUTO switch is pressed while the

front A/C switch is off, the rear airconditioning operates only to circulate air.

l Setting the temperature to the maximumhigh or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.


l When the rear air conditioner is operatedautomatically, “AUTO” is displayed on therear screen.

l When the rear air conditioner is controlledto the same temperature setting as the frontair conditioner for the driver's side,“SYNC” is displayed on the rear screen.

4. To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

6-16

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (273,1)

Antenna

qAM/FM Radio Antenna

The antenna is printed onto the windowglass.

CAUTIONWhen washing the inside of thewindow which has an antenna, use asoft cloth dampened in lukewarmwater, gently wiping the antennalines.Use of glass cleaning products coulddamage the antenna.

qSatellite Radio Antennaí

The satellite radio antenna receivesSIRIUS signals.

Satellite radio antenna

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONØ For the purposes of safe driving,

adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle including carhorns and particularly emergencyvehicle sirens.

Ø Do not install non-genuinespeakers since their vibration mayaffect the Dynamic StabilityControl (DSC)/Roll StabilityControl (RSC) sensors.

NOTEl To prevent the battery from being

discharged, do not leave the audio systemon for a long period of time when theengine is not running.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (274,1)

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (275,1)

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (276,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (277,1)

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown below. Noother discs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (278,1)

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a licensefor private, non-commercial use and does notconvey a license nor imply any right to use thisproduct in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or in otherelectronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications.An independent license for such use isrequired. For details, please visithttp://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 40sessions.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (279,1)

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:l File number

A numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

NOTEFolders and tracks (files) within the samehierarchy play in the order they were written tothe disc depending on the write software.

03

0102

05

04

0706

1

7

3

2

4

6

5

Folder No.

Level1Level2

Level3

Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit.

Level4

: Track (File): Folder

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 512 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (280,1)

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 32 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver.1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (281,1)

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

qOperating Tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audioand is the audio compression format usedby Microsoft.Audio data can be created and stored at ahigher compression ratio than MP3.* Microsoft and Windows Media are

registered trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation U.S. in the United Statesand other countries.

Playable WMA file specification

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA filescan be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can beplayed.Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

SpecificationWindows MediaAudio Version 7.0,8.0, 9.0

Samplingfrequency

Bit rate

32kHz. . . . . . . 32, 40,48 kbps

44.1kHz . . . . . 32, 48,64, 80, 96, 128, 160,192, 256, 320 kbps

48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96,128, 160, 192 kbps

VBR (Variable Bit Rate) Supported

Channel mode Stereo/Monaural

WMA tagTitle, artist name,album name

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma)file extension as a WMA file. Do notuse the WMA file extension for filesother than WMA files. It may causenoise or a malfunction.

l In a WMA file, the track name, artistname and album name are recordedwith data called “WMA-Tag”, and theinformation can be displayed.

l WMA files which do not comply withthe specific standard may not be playedcorrectly or its file and folder namemay not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provideddepending on the computer operatingsystem, version, software, or settings.In this case, add the file extension“.wma” to the end of the file name, andthen write the disc.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (282,1)

MEMO

6-26


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (283,1)

Types of the Audio SetAudio Set (Type A) ................................................................................................ page 6-29

Audio Set (Type B) ................................................................................................ page 6-39

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (284,1)

MEMO

6-28


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (285,1)

Audio Set (Type A)Audio information is displayed on the information display.

The /( ), buttons are only functional if the vehicle is equipped with theseparately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit (U.S.A. and Canada).Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-30Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-32Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-34Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-37Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (286,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

*1

*1

*2

*1

*3

*1 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

*2 Depending on the model, this functionmay not be available.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (287,1)

*3 The function may appear on thedisplay but is only adjustable in theEuropean market models.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

Off On

Off On

12Hr(Flashing)

24Hr(Flashing)

* The function may appear on the display but is onlyadjustable in the European market models.

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control (ALC) is afeature that automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality according tothe vehicle speed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Select the desired ALC mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1―3 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

ILLM EFT setting (Action Illuminationsetting during operation)

The audio system illumination duringoperation can be set on or off.

Time adjustment

Rotating the audio control dial switchesthe display between 12 and 24-hour clocktime (page 6-187).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (288,1)

qOperating the Radio

Band selector buttonScan button

Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial/Auto memory button Channel preset buttons

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1→FM2→AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be erased.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-32

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (289,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.


Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ) for about 2 seconds until a beepsound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory button( ) to recall stations from the auto-stored stations. One stored station will beselected each time; its frequency andchannel number will be displayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (290,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Player

Track down/ Reverse button

CD play button Repeat button

Track up/Fast- forward button

Load button

Scan button CD slot Random buttonCD eject button

Power/Volume dial Display feed dial

Folder down button

Folder up button

Type Playable data

Music/MP3 CD playerl Music data (CD-DA)l MP3 file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3 files, playback of the two file types differsdepending on how the disc was recorded.

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play.

NOTEThere will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

6-34

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (291,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Folder search (during MP3 CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ), or press thefolder up button ( ) to advance to thenext folder.

Music scan

During music CD playback

This function scans the titles on a CD andplays 10 seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.

During MP3 CD playback

This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays 10seconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “TRACK RPT” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the repeat playback, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“FOLDER RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (292,1)


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “FOLDER RDM” isdisplayed.

2. To cancel the random playback, pressthe button again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks on the CD randomly.“DISC RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

Switching the display

Each time the display button ( ) ispressed during playback, the display willswitch in the following order.Music CD

Track number/Elapsed time

Album name

Artist name

Track name

MP3 CD

Folder number/File number

File number/Elapsed time display

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTEl The information viewable in the display is

only CD information (such as artist name,song title) which has been recorded to theCD.

l The system can only display one-bytealphabetic characters. If two-byte or othertypes of characters have been recorded tothe CD, they may not display correctly.

Display scroll

Only 8 characters (File name) or 12characters (Except file name) can bedisplayed at one time. To display the restof the characters of a long title, turn thedisplay feed dial ( ) to the right.Hidden titles can be scrolled into thedisplay one character at a time.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (293,1)

NOTEThe displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3), exceeds 32characters, it may not be fully displayed.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Use a commercially-available,non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plugcable. Contact an Authorized MazdaDealer for details. Refer to AuxiliaryInput (page 6-68).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (294,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (295,1)

Audio Set (Type B)Functions and information available for the selected mode are displayed on the left andright of the audio unit screen. To select and operate a desired function, or selectinformation, press the corresponding selection button 1―8.

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Screen Adjustments and Other Settings ................................................................. page 6-40Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-42Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-46Operating the Satellite Radio ................................................................................. page 6-50Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-60Operating the Auxiliary Jack .................................................................................. page 6-63Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-64

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (296,1)

qScreen Adjustments and Other Settings

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Display button

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Return button

Press the display button ( ) todisplay the tone adjustment screen.Press the display button ( ) againor the return button ( ) to returnto the previous screen.Next page display*

Press selection button 1.Previous page display*

Press selection button 5.InitializationReturns all the adjusted screen adjustmentsettings and language settings to theirinitial setting.

Press selection button 8.

Brightness adjustment

Increase brightness


Decrease brightness


Contrast adjustment

Higher contrast


Lower contrast


Tint adjustment*

Green tint enhancement


Red tint enhancement


6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (297,1)

Color adjustment*

To deepen a color


To fade color

Press selection button 3.* Adjustment is available depending on

the display.

NOTEContinuous adjustment of the brightness,contrast, tint, and color can be done by long-pressing the selection button for the adjustmentitem.

Daytime/Night screen

When the headlights are on, daytimemode can also be selected (if a brighterscreen is needed at night). This selectioncan only be done when the headlights areon.The screen can be returned to the daytimescreen while the headlights or runninglights are on by pressing the dashboardillumination knob.

Language setting

The displayed language can be changed toone of the three available languages.

Press selection button 5 to display thelanguage setting screen.

English display


French display


Spanish display


NOTEA language setting is unavailable for thesatellite radio. English is constantly displayed.

Screen display off

Press selection button 4.Press the display button ( ) or thereturn button ( ) to return to thepreviously selected mode's screen.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (298,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Audio control button

Return button

Power/Volume dial

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Power ON/OFF

Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

When the audio control button( ) is pressed, the audio settingsscreen is displayed.Press the audio control button ( )or the return button ( ) to returnto the previous screen.

Next page display


Previous page display


Initialization

Returns all of the audio setting items totheir initial setting.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (299,1)


Setting item Setting value

Bass Down Up

Treble Down Up

Fader Rear Front

Balance Left Right

Beep Off On

AudioPilot® 2 Off On

Centerpoint® Off On

Rear Seat Surround Off On

Surround Volume Down Up

Bass (low pitch sound)

Low pitch enhancement


Low pitch attenuation


Treble (treble sound)

Treble enhancement


Treble attenuation


Fader (front/back volume balance)

Rear speaker volume reduction


Front speaker volume reduction


Balance (left/right volume balance)

Left side volume reduction


Right side volume reduction


NOTEContinuous adjustment of the bass, treble,fader, and balance can be done by long-pressing the selection button for eachadjustment item.

Beep setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

Beep on


Beep off

Press selection button 2.*AudioPilot® 2

AudioPilot® 2 automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality in accordancewith the level of noise entering the vehicleinterior while driving. When AudioPilot®

2 is turned on, the system automaticallycalculates the conditions for optimumhearing of sound which may be difficultto hear depending on exterior noise.AudioPilot® 2 can be set on or off.

AudioPilot® 2 on


AudioPilot® 2 off

Press selection button 3.* AudioPilot® 2 is a registered trademark

of Bose Corporation.

*Centerpoint®

Centerpoint® offers you the experience of5.1-channel surround sound in yourvehicle even with your conventional 2-channel stereo DVDs inserted in the RearEntertainment System main unit or 2-channel stereo CDs.Centerpoint® can be set on or off.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (300,1)

Centerpoint® on


Centerpoint® off


NOTEl Centerpoint® operates optimally with a 2-

channel stereo CD. MP3 audio files can beplayed, however, MP3 audio files encodedwith high compression may result in poorsound quality.

l Centerpoint® is available for 2-channelstereo audio except for AM radio/FM radio/SIRIUS digital satellite radio/AUX/BTaudio.

* Centerpoint® is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

Rear Seat Surround (RearEntertainment System-equipped model)

The rear seat-optimized function allowspassengers to optimize the audio output tothe rear for a more pleasurable acousticfield when selecting the 5.1-channelsound mode.Rear Seat Surround can be set on or off.

NOTERear seat-optimized is only effective if a CD ora DVD inserted in the Rear EntertainmentSystem main unit is 5.1 Dolby Digital/DTSaudio.

Rear Seat Surround on


Rear Seat Surround off


Surround Volume

Surround Volume up


Surround Volume down


NOTESurround Volume adjustment is available ifCenterpoint® or Rear Seat Surround is on.

6-44

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (301,1)

MEMO

6-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (302,1)

qOperating the Radio

Mute button Auto memory buttonScan button Return button

Seek tuning buttons

Manual tuning dial

Band selector button

Selection button 2

Selection button 3Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Selection button 8

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1 → FM2 → AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will no longer display.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.


Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning button ( , )will cause the tuner to seek a higher orlower frequency automatically.

6-46

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (303,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the seektuning button ( , ), the frequency willcontinue changing without stopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample stations with thestrongest frequencies. Scanning stops ateach station for about five seconds. Tohold a station, press the scan button( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The six preset channels can be used tostore six AM and twelve FM stations.

1. To set a channel, first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,6, 7, or 8. The station frequency will bedisplayed. The station is now held inthe memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune into one stored in the memory,select AM, FM1, or FM2 and thenpress its selection button. The stationfrequency will be displayed.


Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations areunknown. Additional AM/FM stationscan be stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory button( ). The system will automaticallyscan and temporarily store up to sixstations with the strongest frequencies ineach selected band in that area.

After scanning is completed, the radiotunes into the station with the strongestfrequency, and its frequency is displayed.Press the auto memory button ( ) torecall stations from the auto-storedstations. One stored station will beselected each time, and its frequency willbe displayed.

NOTEl If any of the following operations is

performed, auto-memory mode is clearedand the normal display appears.l Band selector button ( ) is

pressedl Manual tuning dial is turnedl Seek tuning button ( , ) is pressedl Return button ( ) is pressed

l If the radio is unable to tune into anystation after the scanning operation iscompleted, “No Channel” will bedisplayed.

Mute

Press the mute button ( ) once tomute the audio. Press it again to resumeaudio output.

Radio Data System (RDS)

Radio text information display

A maximum of 64 characters of radio textinformation sent from a broadcastingstation is displayed in the audio display.


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (304,1)

NOTEIf any of the following operations is performed,the radio text information display is clearedand the normal display appears.l Return button ( ) is pressedl Band selector button ( ) is pressedl Manual tuning dial is turnedl Seek tuning button ( , ) is pressed

6-48

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (305,1)

MEMO

6-49


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (306,1)

qOperating the Satellite Radio

Category down button

Category up button

Play/Pause button Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

Scan button

Seek tuning buttons

Return button

SIRIUS button

Selection button 1

Selection button 3

Selection button 8

Selection button 4

Selection button 7

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 2

6-50

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (307,1)

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found tocomply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmfulinterference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiateradio frequency energy and if not installed andused in accordance with the instructions, maycause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is noguarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation. If this equipment doescause harmful interference to radio ortelevision reception, which can be determinedby turning the equipment off and on, the useris encouraged to try to correct the interferenceby one or more of the following measures:l Increase the separation between the

equipment and tuner.l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a

circuit different from that to which the tuneris connected.

l Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

What is satellite radio?

With over 130 channels, SIRIUS SatelliteRadio brings you more of what you love.Get 69 channels of 100 % commercial-free music, plus all your favorite sports,news, talk and entertainment. Everythingworth listening to is now on SIRIUS.100 % Commercial-free Music―Withmusic from every genre, artist-dedicatedchannels, live performances and more,SIRIUS is the home of 100 %commercial-free music.Live Sports Play-by-Play & ExpertTalk―Hear every NFL game, everyNASCAR® race and college sportscoverage from over 150 schools. Plus24/7 sports talk with channels likeSIRIUS NFL Radio, SIRIUS NASCARRadio and more.Exclusive Entertainment andTalk―The biggest names, compellingtalk, hilarious comedy. Hear HowardStern, Martha Stewart, Jamie Foxx, BlueCollar Comedy, Playboy Radio, politicaltalk and more.World-class News―Stay informed withFOX, CNN, CNBC, NPR®, BBC andmore.Plus local traffic and weather.Family & Kids―Entertain the entirefamily with Radio Disney, Kids PlaceLive, Laugh USA and more.

Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today! Formore information, visit www.sirius.com.Satellite radio can be subscribed to andreceived in the United States (ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) and Canada.

How to Activate Satellite Radio

You must call SIRIUS to activate yourservice. Activation is free and takes only afew minutes.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-51


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (308,1)

SIRIUS service uses an ID code toidentify your radio. This code is needed toactivate SIRIUS service, and report anyproblems.

To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner, call aSIRIUS customer service specialist at 1-888-539-7474 or you can visit SIRIUSonline at www.sirius.com.

Please have the following informationready:l SIRIUS ID (12-digit electronic serialno., or ESN*)

l Valid credit card information (may notbe required at initial sign-up)

Be sure you are parked outside with aclear view of open sky, you will beinstructed to turn on your radio (inSIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184).Activation typically takes only 2―5minutes.

* ESN: Electronic Serial Number

SIRIUS operation

All operations of the satellite radio areconducted by means of the audio unit.

SIRIUS radio mode selection

When the SIRIUS button ( ) ispressed during ACC ON, it will play thelast SIRIUS channel in use before themode was switched over to another modeor the power was turned off.

When the SIRIUS button ( ) ispressed in a mode other than the SIRIUSmode, the last channel in use will bereceived. Every time the SIRIUS button( ) is pressed, the bank changes inthe order shown below.

SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3

NOTESIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3: six stationscan be stored in each bank for convenientaccess to your favorite stations.

Operation in the initial state

It may take some time to start up theequipment when it is in the initial state,when there is a change in the user'ssubscription condition, or when theSIRIUS channel map is changed.

6-52

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (309,1)

“Updating channels XXX% complete” isdisplayed when the SIRIUS channel mapis changed. If the “Updating channelsXXX% complete” display is not available,“Updating channels” is displayed. If theunit is initialized or the user contractcontent is changed, “Updating channels.Subscription Updated.” is displayed.Updating could take as long as a fewminutes depending on the geographicalarea. When the unit is in an initializedstate, channel 184 is displayed after thedisplay indicates “Updating channelsXXX% complete”. If the SIRIUS channelmap or the user contract content ischanged, the channel prior to the changeis displayed after “Updating channelsXXX% complete” is displayed. After theinitialization display, it may take as longas ten seconds or more to receive channel184.

NOTEDo not perform the following operation while“Updating” is displayed. Otherwise, theupdating procedure will be canceled.l Turning off the audio powerl Switching to other modesl Switching the ignition off

When the SIRIUS mode is switched toanother mode, or when the power isturned off, the present channel which isbeing received is stored as the lastchannel.

Channel selection

Turning the manual tuning dial allows youto select the desired receiving channel.Channel upTurn the manual tuning dial clockwise.Channel downTurn the manual tuning dialcounterclockwise.

Unsubscribed channel

When a selected station has not beensubscribed to, the display indicates thefollowing:“Call 888-539-7474”“To Subscribe”

NOTEWhen the subscription contract is canceled, allof the channels including channel 184 appearas unsubscribed.

Invalid channel

When a selected channel is notbroadcasting, “Invalid” is displayed.

NOTEIf the last channel selected has becomeunavailable because of a channel update theabove indication is displayed until any buttonis pressed.

Preset channel programming

1. Turn the manual tuning dial and selectthe desired channel.

2. Press and hold selection button 2, 3, 4,6, 7, or 8.

NOTESix stations can be stored in each bank,SIRIUS1, SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 forconvenient access to your favorite stations.

Preset channel call-up

Press selection button 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, or 8.

NOTEIn the initial setting, all channels are preset to184.

Category change

Press the category button ( , ) andselect the desired category.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-53


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (310,1)

Category upPress the category up button ( ).Category downPress the category down button ( ).Every time the category up button ( ) ispressed, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.At this time, the lowest (smallest-number)channel within the category indicated isreceived.When the highest (or lowest) category isreached, the category is changed over inthe order shown below.Highest category→ Lowest category →XXX category

Category set (Category lock)

Press selection button 1 to lock thecategory of the channel being received.Press selection button 1 again to clear thelock.

NOTEA category can be set only when a channelwhich belongs to a category is being received.

Channel selection within a category

To select a radio station in a set category,turn the manual tuning dial.

NOTEl The channel number needs to be indicated

in the display to use the manual tuning dialfor this function.

l To select a radio station other than one in aset category, turn the manual tuning dial.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample stations. Scanningstops at each station for about fiveseconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

NOTEl Unsubscribed channels, invalid channels,

parental lock channels and channel 0 arenot subject to the scan, therefore thesechannels will skip automatically.

l If a category is set, scan channels in thecategory. If a category is not set, scan allchannels.

Channel number, channel name,category name, artist name, song titlesand information display

The information regarding the channelwhich is currently being received isdisplayed.

NOTEl If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”

is added at the end to the part of the titlewhich can be displayed.

l If a channel other than a parental-lockedchannel is received, channel name,category name, artist name, song title, andinformation are displayed.

(Channel number display)

The channel number for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

(Channel name display)

l The channel name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l A channel name may have a full titleand an abbreviated title. In this case,the full title is displayed. If the channelonly has an abbreviated title, it isdisplayed.

l If there is no channel name, “No ChName” is displayed.

(Category name display)

l The category name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

6-54

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (311,1)

l A category name may have a full titleand an abbreviated title. In this case,the full title is displayed. If thecategory only has an abbreviated title,it is displayed.

l If there is no category name, “NoCategory” is displayed.

(Artist name display)

l The artist name for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l If there is no artist name, “No Artist” isdisplayed.

(Song title display)

l The song title for the channel currentlybeing received is displayed.

l If there is no song title, “No Song” isdisplayed.

(Information display)

l The information for the channelcurrently being received is displayed.

l If there is no information, “NoInformation” is displayed.

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

Instant replay

This function allows you to rewind andreplay the program that you werepreviously or are currently listening to.Press the Play/Pause button ( ).When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed, playback starts from thebeginning of the current program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed twice, playback starts from thebeginning of the previous program.

Press and hold the seek tuning button( ) to reverse the program while thebutton is being pressed.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed, playback starts from thebeginning of the next program.When the seek tuning button ( ) ispressed while the last program is beingplayed, the instant replay mode iscanceled.Press and hold the seek tuning button( ) to fast-forward the program whilethe button is being pressed. Whenpressing and holding the button until theend of the program, the instant replaymode is canceled.When the Play/Pause button ( ) ispressed again, playback is paused, orplayback starts if it has been paused.

Instant replay (PAUSE)

If the Play/Pause button ( ) is pressedwhile the instant replay mode is off,instant replay mode is turned on in apaused condition (PAUSE). Press thePlay/Pause button ( ) again to resumeplayback from the point at which it waspaused.

Displaying the SIRIUS ID (ESN)

Method 1

Turn the manual tuning dial and selectchannel 0 to display the twelve-digitElectronic Serial Number (ESN) for theSIRIUS tuner.

Method 2

1. Press selection button 5 to display thesettings screen.

2. Press selection button 5 again todisplay the twelve-digit ElectronicSerial Number (ESN) for the SIRIUStuner.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-55


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (312,1)

(If the SIRIUS ID (ESN) for the tunerdoes not display)

If “ESN Fail” is displayed, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Parental lock

Parental lock, parental unlock, parentallock ID change, and parental lock ID resetcan be set.

NOTEl Press the return button ( ) during

all the settings to return to the previousdisplay.

l Turn the manual tuning dial during the IDcode or master code input to select “CLR”,and then press the enter button ( ) todelete an input number.

l If there is no input for ten seconds duringthe ID code or master code input, thesystem returns to the settings screen.

l If only a four-digit ID code or master codeis input, “OK” can be selected.

l If the registered ID code has been forgotten,reset the code in “Parental-lock ID reset”to [0000].

Parental lock

If a channel is locked, the channel ismuted.(Channel locking)

1. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe desired channel.

(Registered ID code input preparation)


3. Press selection button 1 to display theparental lock settings screen.

4. “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” are displayed,and input of the registered ID code ispossible.

(Registered ID code input)

5. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and press the enter button( ) to input the number.

(Registered ID code inputconfirmation)

6. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to confirm the four digits.

7. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Parental lock” appears andmute is turned on.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

Parental unlock

Channels locked using the parental lockfunction can be unlocked.(Channel unlocking)

1. Select a channel to be unlocked byturning the manual tuning dial.

(Registered ID code input preparation)


3. Press selection button 2 to display theparental unlock screen.




6-56

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (313,1)



7. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Parental unlock” appears andmute is canceled.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

Parental-lock ID change

When changing the ID code, the new IDcode is input after the previous one isinput first.(Registered ID code input preparation)


2. Press selection button 3 to display theID code change screen.






6. If the four digits match the registeredID code, “Enter Pin” and “- - - -” aredisplayed.If they do not match the registered IDcode, “Error” appears and then thedisplay returns to “- - - -”.

(New ID code input)


(New ID code input confirmation)


9. “Pin Changed” appears to indicate thatthe new ID code input has beencompleted.

10. The display returns to its normaldisplay.

NOTEChannels locked before changing the ID coderemain after changing the ID code. To unlock achannel, input the changed ID code.

Parental-lock ID reset

If the registered ID code has beenforgotten, reset the ID code to the default[0000] code.(Master code input preparation)


2. Press selection button 4 to display theID code initial screen.


Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-57


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (314,1)

(Master code input)

4. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and then press the enter button( ) to input the number.

NOTEMaster code:The Master Code is used to initialize or re-initialize the ID code in the event that the codeis not set to [0000] and/or the personalized IDcode is not known. The initialization processresets the ID code to [0000]. The master codecan potentially defeat the intent of the securityof the parental lock if it is located by personsnot authorized by the owner to access certainchannels.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code: [0913]

(Master code input confirmation)


6. If the four digits match the mastercode, “Pin Cleared” appears.If they do not match the master code,“Error” appears and the display returnsto “- - - -”.

7. The ID code returns to the default[0000] code.

6-58

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (315,1)

MEMO

6-59


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (316,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changer

Folder down button

Folder up button

Play/Pause button

Scan button

Track down button

Track up button

File dial/Text button

CD play buttonLoad button CD eject button

Selection button 1

Selection button 3

Selection button 8

Selection button 4

Selection button 7

Selection button 5Selection button 6

Selection button 2

Type Playable data

Music/MP3/WMA CDplayer

l Music data (CD-DA)l MP3/WMA file

NOTEIf a disc has both music data (CD-DA) andMP3/WMA files, playback of the two or threefile types differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play.

NOTEThe CD will begin playback automaticallyafter insertion. A CD cannot be inserted whilethe display reads “Please Wait”.There will be a short lapse before play beginswhile the player reads the digital signals onthe CD.

Normal CD insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( ).

2. Press the selection button for thedesired tray number while“Please Wait” is displayed.

3. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

6-60

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (317,1)

Multiple CD insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( ).

2. Press the load button ( ) again.When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed, insert the CD.

3. When “Please Insert a Disc” isdisplayed again, insert the next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “Please Insert a Disc” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Ejecting CDs

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ).“Disc Ejecting” will be displayed.

2. Remove the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )

2. Press the selection button for thedesired tray number while“Disc Ejecting” is displayed.

3. Remove the CD.

Multiple CD ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button( ).

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) again.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about fiveseconds have elapsed while “Disc Ejecting” isdisplaying, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Remove the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting from the one in

the tray with the lowest number.l All CDs in the trays will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition is

switched off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) to eject all CDs.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If the CD play button ( ) is pressedwhen a CD is not inserted and an externaldevice is not connected, “No Disc” isdisplayed.All of the following information isdisplayed during playback.

Music CD

The track number, elapsed time, albumname, artist name, and song name aredisplayed.

MP3/WMA CD

The folder number, track number, elapsedtime, folder name, album name, artistname, and song name are displayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-61


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (318,1)

NOTEIf the entire title cannot be displayed, “...” isadded at the end to the part of the title whichcan be displayed.If title information is not available,“NO TITLE” is displayed.If there are any undisplayable characters inthe title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.Some CDs cannot display information.

Pause

Press the Play/Pause button ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.


Fast-forward

Press and hold the track up button ( ).

Reverse

Press and hold the track down button( ).

Track search

Track up

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise.

Track down

Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise.

Disc search

Press the selection button for the desiredtray number.

Folder search (during MP3/WMA CDplayback)

Folder up

Press the folder up button ( ).

Folder down

Press the folder down button ( ).

NOTEPress and hold the ( ) or ( ) button tocontinuously move up or down through thefolders.

Music scan


This function scans the titles on a CD andplays ten seconds of each song to aid youin finding a song you want to listen to.

During MP3/WMA CD playback

This function scans the titles in a foldercurrently being played and plays tenseconds of each song to aid you in findinga song you want to listen to.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation.Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback


1. Press selection button 1 duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “Repeat Track” isdisplayed.

2. Press selection button 1 again to cancelthe repeat playback.


(Track repeat)

1. Press selection button 1 duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “Repeat Track” isdisplayed.

6-62

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (319,1)

2. Press selection button 1 twice to cancelthe repeat playback.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press selection button 1 twice duringplayback to play the tracks in thecurrent folder repeatedly.“Repeat Folder” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 1 again to cancelthe repeat playback.

Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press selection button 5 duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “Random Disc” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 5 again to cancelthe random playback.


(Folder random)

1. Press selection button 5 duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “Random Folder” isdisplayed.

2. Press selection button 5 twice to cancelthe random playback.

(All random)

1. Press selection button 5 twice duringplayback to play the tracks on the CDrandomly. “Random All” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 5 again to cancelthe random playback.

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.

If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

Message display

If “Check Disc” is displayed, it means thatthere is a CD malfunction. Check the CDfor damage, dirt, or smudges, and thenproperly reinsert. If the message appearsagain, take the unit to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary Jack

You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Use a commercially-available,non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plugcable. Contact an Authorized MazdaDealer for details. Refer to AuxiliaryInput (page 6-68).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-63


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (320,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

Acquiring Signal

Depending on thesurrounding conditions(such as large trees, build-ings, or tunnels) and specialweather conditions,SIRIUS radio receptionmay be diminished ortemporarily interrupted.

Improve reception by moving away from possibleobstructions. If the error indication continues to display,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Antenna FailSatellite radio antennamalfunction

Check the satellite radio antenna, antenna cable andDLP antenna connector. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check Disc

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indication continuesto display, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationcontinues to display, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

NOTEIf a broken DLP* unit is replaced with a new unit, cancel the license for the broken unit and makesure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit. If the license for the broken unit is notcanceled, you will be charged a reception fee for both units.

* DLP: Down Link Processor (SATELLITE RADIO Module)

6-64

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (321,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition is switched off.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free andnavigation system

With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigationsystemUse the talk button, pick-up button, andhang-up button for navigation systemsound operation.For details, refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner'sManual”.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

NOTEl The talk button, pick-up button, and hang-

up button are operable with the audio unitturned off.

l Mazda has installed this system to preventdistraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-65


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (322,1)


With Bluetooth Hands-Free only/Bluetooth Hands-Free and navigationsystem

qChanging the Source

(Type A)

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD player → AUX→ cyclical).

(Type B)

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio → FM2radio → AM radio → CD changer→SIRIUS1 → SIRIUS2 → SIRIUS3 →AUX → (RSES) → BT audio →cyclical).Without Bluetooth Hands-Free andnavigation system


6-66

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (323,1)

NOTECD, CD changer, RSES, SIRIUS digitalsatellite radio, and BT audio modes cannot beselected in the following cases:l RSES, SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit, or

BT audio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

l CD has not been inserted.The AUX mode is unavailable unless youconnect a commercially available portableaudio unit (such as an MP3 player) to theauxiliary jack. Connect a portable audio unitor similar product on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audio overthe vehicle's speakers. Change the audiosource to AUX mode (page 6-68).

qSeek Switch



When listening to the radio or SIRIUSdigital satellite radio

Press the seek switch up or down. Theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

(Radio)Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.(SIRIUS digital satellite radio)Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to seek all usable stationsat a higher or lower channel whetherprogrammed or not.

When playing a CD or BT audio

Press up the seek switch to skip to thenext track.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.Press and hold the seek switch in the up ordown position to continuously switch thetracks up or down.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-67


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (324,1)

qMute Switchí

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition is switched off with the audiomuted, the mute will be canceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).


AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units,such as an MP3 player or similar productson the market, to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers.A commercially-available, non-impedance(3.5 ) stereo mini plug cable is required.Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer fordetails.

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

6-68

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (325,1)

CAUTIONØ Close the lid when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids frompenetrating the auxiliary jack.

Ø Depending on the portable audiodevice, noise may occur whenusing the device with it connectedto the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle. (If noise occurs, donot use the accessory socket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacturer's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

Connecting the auxiliary jack

1. Open the console lid.

2. Pass the connection plug cord throughthe cutout of the console and insert theplug into the auxiliary jack.

Plug

WARNINGDo not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

CAUTIONDo not place objects or apply force tothe auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

NOTEl Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack

securely.l Insert or remove the plug with the plug

perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.l Insert or remove the plug by holding its

base.

To listen to a portable audio unit

1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-69


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (326,1)

3. (Type A)Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.(Type B)Press the AUX button ( ) of theaudio unit or the mode switch ( )of the audio control switches on thesteering wheel to change to the AUXmode.

Audio Unit Audio Control Switches

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the up/down switchof the audio control switch.

l Audio adjustments other than audio volumecan only be done using the portable audiodevice.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

6-70

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (327,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-71


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (328,1)

Rear Entertainment Systemí

Disc slot Eject button

Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen

Monitor screen release knob

DISC IN indicator light

qRear Entertainment System Outline

The Rear Entertainment System has a 9.0-inch wide LCD, as well as DVD video, DVDaudio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD playback functions. Moreover, the systemis equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound, and AVequipment suchas a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitorscreen.

6-72

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Rear Entertainment System


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (329,1)

qProper Operation of Rear Entertainment System

For safe driving, read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation, anduse the system properly.

WARNINGØ Do not disassemble or modify this unit.

It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.Ø Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound.

It may cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock. Follow the procedures in“Symptoms and Actions” (page 6-122) and if the problem is not resolved, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Do not use if some problem has occurred.If any problem occurs, such as a foreign material penetration, spilled liquid,smoking from internal burning, or other abnormal smells, stop operationimmediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. If operation is continued, itmay cause an accident, fire, or electrical shock.

Ø Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power.If the volume is set high, loud sound will be produced when turning on the power,causing auditory problems or an accident.

Ø Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard.If the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving,driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident.

Ø Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed.If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed, they could fall underthe brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning, which could obstructdriving operation and cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Do not put foreign material into the disc slot.

It may cause a fire or malfunction.Ø Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner.

The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction.

Interior Comfort


6-73


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (330,1)

qOperating Tips for Disc

Playable discs

DVD video*1, DVD audio*2, video CD, audio CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD-RWanddts CD*3 can be played.

NOTEIt may not be possible to play DVD video, DVD audio, video CD, audio CD, and MP3/WMA CDaccording to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have beenrestricted by the producer.Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video, video CD, DVD audio, audio CD.

6-74

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (331,1)

DVD video

●Region code must include “1” or “ALL”.●NTSC(National Television System Committee)recorded type.●8 cm (3in) or 12 cm (5in) size

DVD videos bearing the following logo can be played.

DVD audio

DVD audio bearing the following logo can be played.

DVD-R and DVD-RW

DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs bearing each of the following logos canbe played.

Video CD, audio CD, CD-R, and CD-RW

●Playback control function supported.●8 cm (3in) or 12 cm (5in) size●MP3 recorded type.

Video CDs, audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs bearing each of thefollowing logos can be played.

*1: Audio is not produced by the headphones when DTS audio is selected. Listen to DTS audio over the vehicle'sspeakers.

*2: Stereo playback is produced.*3: Audio is not produced from the headphones. Listen to this audio from the speakers.

Unplayable discs

l Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table.l Discs not including “1” or “ALL” in region code.l Discs recorded in other than NTSC (e.g. PAL or SECAM).

Interior Comfort


6-75


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (332,1)

l DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, CD-ROM, CDV, CD-G, CVD, VSD, SVCD,SACD, photo CDs, non-conventional discs (e.g. heart-shaped), and partially transparentdiscs.

l Discs recorded in CD-TEXT format.l HD DVD and Blu-ray discs

Handling of discs

l Do not use non-conventional discs such as heart-shaped, octagonal discs, or discs with amemory portion that is transparent or translucent. The unit could be damaged.

Transparent

l When driving over uneven surfaces, the sound may jump.l Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs. Pick up the discs bygrasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not write on or attach labels, stickers or similar to discs.l Defective (cracked or badly bent) discs should never be used.l A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters. If a disc with roughedges is used, proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc.Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball-point pen or pencil as shown below.To remove the rough edges, rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outerperimeter of the discs.

6-76

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (333,1)

Disc cleaning

Do not use record sprays, antistatic agents, or household spray cleaners. Volatile chemicalssuch as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used.Anything that can damage, warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs.

Condensation

Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold, the disc or opticalcomponents (prism and lens) in the unit may become clouded with condensation. At thistime, the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit. A clouded disc can becorrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth. Clouded optical components will clearnaturally in about an hour. Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use theunit.

Operating tips for DVD video

Region code

The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video. The playback restriction area isindicated by a region code, and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area.The region code for U.S.A. and Canada are “1”. DVD videos bearing region codeincluding “1” or “ALL” on the package or the instruction manual can be played by thisunit. The region code setting for this unit has been set to “1”.DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual canbe played.

Interior Comfort


6-77


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (334,1)

Playable DISC specification

CD-R and CD-RW including MP3/WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can be played.

Name Standard Explanation

CD-R, CD-RW format

ISO9660Level 1

Level 2

ISO9660 extensionJoliet

Romeo

Multi-session Supported

Maximum hierarchynumber

8 hierarchies (Including root)

Maximum foldernumber

256 folders

Maximum file number512 files (Total capacity included in a disc.) Files other than MP3 or WMA are notincluded.)

Operating tips for MP3

NOTESupply of this product only conveys a license for private, non-commercial use and does not convey alicense nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real timebroadcasting (terrestrial, satellite, cable and/or any other media), broadcasting/streaming via theInternet, intranets and/or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems, such aspay-audio or audio-on-demand applications. An independent license for such use is required. Fordetails, please visit http://www.mp3licensing.com.

Playable MP3 file specificationPlayable MP3 files are as follows:

Item Content

Specification

MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3

MPEG2.5 AUDIO LAYER3

MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3

Sampling frequencyMPEG1 32, 44.1, 48kHz

MPEG2 16, 22.05, 24kHz

Bit rateMPEG1

32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320kbps

MPEG2, 2.5 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160 kbps


Channel mode Stereo, Joint stereo, Dual channel, Monaural

ID3 tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1 title, artist name, album name

l This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3format.

6-78

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (335,1)

l This unit corresponds to multi-session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49sessions.

l Some data on multi-session recorded discs cannot be played.l Playback of discs with added sessions is possible.l Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played.l This unit does not correspond to MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3 PRO, and RIFF-styleMP3 formats.

l The maximum number of characters available for a file name is as follows, however, thedisplayable number of characters on this unit is limited.

Maximum number of characters in a file name(including a separator “.” and the three letters of the file exten-

sion)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extended format 64

Romeo extended format 128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) and underbar “_” are available.

MP3

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.mp3) file extension as a MP3 file. Do not use the MP3file extension for files other than MP3 files. It may cause noise or a malfunction.

l In a MP3 file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name are recordedwith data called “ID3-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on the monitor.

l MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctlyor its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.mp3” to the end of thefile name, and then write the disc.

Playlist

This unit can play playlist files. Playlist is a function that allows free setting of theplayback order of MP3 files. The file extension of a playlist file in which the order ofplayback is recorded is “. m3u” or “. pls”.

Operating tips for WMA

WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used byMicrosoft.Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3.*Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U.S. inthe United States and other countries.

Interior Comfort


6-79


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (336,1)

Playable WMA file specification

CD-R and CD-RW including WMA files can be played with this unit. Discs whichconform to the following formats can be played.Playable WMA files are as follows:

Item Content

Specification Windows Media Audio Version7.0

Sampling frequency Bit rate

22.05kHz . . . . 32 kbps

32kHz. . . . . . . 48, 64 kbps

44.1kHz . . . . . 48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160, 192, 256, 320 kbps

48kHz. . . . . . . 64, 96, 128, 160, 192 kbps


Channel mode Stereo/Monaural

WMA tag Title, artist name, album name

WMA

CAUTIONThis unit plays files with the (.wma) file extension as a WMA file. Do not use theWMA file extension for files other than WMA files. It may cause noise or amalfunction.

l In a WMA file, the track name, artist name, album name and category name arerecorded with data called “WMA-Tag”, and the information can be displayed on themonitor.

l WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctlyor its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly.

l The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system,version, software, or settings. In this case, add the file extension “.wma” to the end ofthe file name, and then write the disc.

Operating tips for Dolby

Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.“Dolby”, “MLP Lossless”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.

6-80

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (337,1)

Operating tips for dts

“DTS” and “DTS Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems,Inc.

qOperation Tips for Headphones

To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System, it isnecessary to use the wireless headphones that are included.Specification

Item Content

Transmission system Infrared light

Modulation system Frequency modulation

Carrier frequency Right channel 2.8 MHz, left channel 2.3 MHz

Interior Comfort


6-81


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (338,1)

Part Names

qRear Entertainment System Main Unit

Disc slot Eject button

Wireless headphone signal transmitter/Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen


DISC IN indicator light

6-82

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (339,1)

qRemote Controller

No. Name No. Name

RETURN button PLAY button

MENU button Slow playback button

ENTER/Select button POWER button

STOP button SOURCE button

PAUSE button Picture adjust mode button

Fast-forward button Picture adjust button

Rewind button SET UP button

PREVIOUS (Track down) button Number keys

NEXT (Track up) button DISPLAY MODE button

DISPLAY button

Interior Comfort


6-83


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (340,1)

qHeadphone

Arm

Volume dial

Infrared receiverR (right) side

Power button

Power indicator L (left) side

6-84

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (341,1)

Before Operation

qDisplay Opening/Closing

CAUTIONØ Close the display while the Rear

Entertainment System is not inuse. If the display is left open, apassenger could be injured byhitting the display, or the displaycould be damaged.

Ø Do not press the monitor screenwhile opening the display. It maycause a malfunction.

Opening the display

Press the monitor screen release knob andopen the display until it is in the lockposition.


Closing the display

Close and press the display until aclicking sound can be heard.

NOTEl If the display is closed while the power is

on, it automatically turns off.l The display locks in two positions when

opened to 100 or 120-degrees.

qDisc Insertion/Ejection

CAUTIONIf the signal surface of a disc istouched, it could cause the sound toskip. Pick up a disc by grasping theedge of the hole and the outer edge.

NOTEWhen no disc is inserted, “No Disc” isdisplayed on the monitor.

Interior Comfort


6-85


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (342,1)

Inserting the disc

Insert the disc into the disc slot with thelabel-side up.

Disc slot

CAUTIONInsert the disc with its label-side(decorated side) facing upward. If thedisc is inserted upside-down, it maycause a malfunction.

NOTEIf a disc is inserted while the RearEntertainment System is turned off but thedisplay is open, and when the ignition isswitched to ACC or ON, the systemautomatically turns on and starts playback.

Ejecting the disc

Press the eject button to eject the disc.

Eject button

NOTEl When the eject button is pressed, the disc is

ejected halfway.l A disc can be ejected with the Rear

Entertainment System turned off.

qPicture Adjustment

The brightness (BRIGHT), coloradjustment (TINT), color density(COLOR), and contrast (CONTRAST) ofthe screen can be adjusted.Press the picture adjust button(PICTURE) on the remote controller tochange to the picture adjustment mode.The picture mode changes in the order ofBRIGHT →TINT →COLOR→CONTRAST →OFF each time thebutton is pressed in this mode.Press the picture adjust button ( ) or ( ),positioned to top/bottom of the pictureadjustment mode button (PICTURE), toadjust each picture mode.

NOTEl If the picture adjustment mode is on and no

operation has been done for about 5seconds, the mode is canceledautomatically.

l If the picture is no longer adjustable bypressing the picture adjust button ( ) or( ), it indicates that the adjustment valuehas reached the maximum/minimum value.

Adjusting the brightness

1. Press the picture adjustment modebutton (PICTURE) and select theBRIGHT mode.

2. Press the picture adjust button ( ) or( ) to adjust.

l Picture adjust button ( ): Brighten

6-86

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (343,1)

l Picture adjust button ( ): Darken

Adjusting the color adjustment

1. Press the picture adjustment modebutton (PICTURE) and select the TINTmode.


l Picture adjust button ( ): Greenl Picture adjust button ( ): Red

Adjusting the color density

1. Press the picture adjustment modebutton (PICTURE) and select theCOLOR mode.


l Picture adjust button ( ): Darken

l Picture adjust button ( ): Lighten

Adjusting the contrast (definition)

1. Press the picture adjustment modebutton (PICTURE) and select theCONTRAST mode.


l Picture adjust button ( ): Higherl Picture adjust button ( ): Lower

qScreen Size Setting

The size of the screen can be changed.Press the DISPLAY MODE button to setthe desired screen size.The screen size changes in the order ofFull →Normal →Wide →Cinema eachtime the button is pressed.

Interior Comfort


6-87


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (344,1)

Full screenImage is displayed on the full screen.

* A 16:9 screen ratio image is shown inthe above figure.

Normal screenA 4:3 screen ratio image is the standarddisplay, and black bands appear on eachside of the screen.

* A 16:9 screen ratio image is scaled to a4:3 screen ratio.

Wide screenThe center part of the image iscompressed toward the center, and thesurrounding area is enlarged toward theedge.


Cinema screenThe image is enlarged upward anddownward. A 4:3 and 16:9 screen ratioimage are displayed with the upper/lowerpart of the image cut off.

NOTEBecause images are enlarged lengthwise fordisplay, a horizontal streak may be seen,however, it does not indicate a malfunction.


NOTEThe display varies depending on the style ofthe image recorded on the disc.Refer to the following table and set the screensize.

Image style Recommendation

4:3 Normal or wide screen

16:9 Full screen

Letter box Full or cinema screen

qDisplay Off

Only sound, without image, can beplayed.Press and hold the DISPLAY button( ) on the remote controller.“DISPLAY OFF” is displayed, and thenimage turns off.Press any button on the remote controllerto display the image.

6-88

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (345,1)

qRemote Controller

Operate the Rear Entertainment Systemwith the remote controller except for discinsertion/ejection.

CAUTIONDo not apply excessive force to theremote controller or get it wet. Also,do not leave the remote controller ina place exposed to direct sunlight orhigh temperature. It could cause amalfunction.

NOTEOperate the remote controller with it pointedto the disc slot of the unit. Signals may not bereceived depending of the angle.

Maintenance

Stow the remote controller in its case andput it in the seatback pocket of a frontseat.Place the remote controller into its caseproperly in the direction shown in thefigure and stow it in the front seatbackpocket.

NOTEIf the remote controller is placed in theincorrect direction, abnormal noise or anoperation error could result.

Using the remote controller

A battery has already been installed in theremote controller.Remove the electrical leak-protectioninsulation sheet before using the remotecontroller.

Insulation sheet

Replacing the battery

If the buttons on the remote controller areinoperable, or the operation rangebecomes narrow or unsteady, the batterymay be dead.Replace the battery using the followingprocedure.

Interior Comfort


6-89


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (346,1)

Battery: CR2025 LITHIUM orequivalent (1)

1. Press the battery case tab in thedirection indicated by the arrow usingyour thumbnail, and pull out thebattery case.

Tab

Battery case

2. Remove the old battery and install anew one with the plus pole pointed up.

Battery (CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent)

3. Press the battery case tab in thedirection of the arrow until a clicksound is heard.

NOTEIf the remote controller is inoperable evenafter the batteries are replaced, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the correct

pole pointing in the correctdirection. Battery leakage couldoccur if they are not installedcorrectly.

Ø When replacing the batteries, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Also,be careful not to get dirt in theremote controller as it could bedamaged.

6-90

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (347,1)

Sound Output

qSound Output from Vehicle Speakers

Vehicles with audio system

Change the audio system to the Rear Entertainment System mode. Sound/Music beingplayed by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers.For audio operation, refer to “Audio System” (page 6-17).

Press the AUX button ( ) on the audio unit or the mode switch ( ) of the audiocontrol switches on the steering wheel. “AUX” is displayed on the display and the audiosystem changes to Rear Entertainment System sound.Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit.

Vehicles with navigation system

Change the navigation system to the Rear Entertainment System mode. Sound/Music beingplayed by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers.For navigation system operation, refer to the separate manual “NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

Press the SOURCE button ( ), select the AUX2 mode. “RSES” is displayed on theinformation display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound.Adjust the volume with the dial on the navigation unit.

qUsing the Headphone Speakers

CAUTIONØ For safety reasons, the driver should never wear the headphones while driving.

Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a seriousaccident.

Ø Use the headphones with the volume set at moderate level. Listening at anexcessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect onyour hearing ability.

Ø If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage.Ø Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet. Also, do not

leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature. Itcould cause a malfunction.

Interior Comfort


6-91


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (348,1)

NOTEl To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system, it is necessary to

use the wireless headphones that are included. For headphone specification, refer to“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page 6-81).

l When the headphones are not in use, turn them off.l DTS formatted sound cannot be generated through the headphones. Use the vehicle's speakers.l If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is

turned on, or there is no signal reception, the headphone power turns off automatically.l If the headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received, the

headphone power turns off automatically.

The acceptable range for signals (infrared rays) from the Rear Entertainment System is asfollows:


Wireless headphone signal (infrared rays) transmitter

The signals (infrared rays) can be received in any location on the rear seats. However, the rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable range.

Awireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats, however, the soundmay skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signalsare blocked.l When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine.

6-92

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (349,1)

l When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Entertainment Systemtransmitter.

l When the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat.

Replacing the battery

1. Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent, and remove the cover. Remove thebatteries.

Cover

Screw

2. Insert two AAA-size batteries. Match the polarity of the batteries with the andmarks in the battery case.

3. Install the cover.

4. Install the screw.

NOTEBattery life (reference)Manganese batteries: About 20 hoursAlkaline batteries: About 40 hoursThe battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees. The battery lifevaries depending on usage conditions (volume, surrounding environment).

Interior Comfort


6-93


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (350,1)

CAUTIONØ If the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly. If any of

the following occurs, replace the batteries.Ø The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on.Ø Noise is mixed with the sound.Ø The reception range narrows.

Ø Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage.Ø If the headphones are not to be used for an extended period, remove the batteries.Ø Be careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose.Ø Install the batteries with the ( )/( ) poles correctly positioned. Battery leakage

could occur if they are not installed correctly.Ø When replacing the batteries, be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get

oil on them.Ø Be careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them.The following points regarding the battery must be observed.If the batteries are not handled properly, it could result in a headphone malfunction.Ø Do not use rechargeable batteries.Ø When replacing the batteries, replace both batteries at the same time. Do not use

a new battery and an old battery, or the different types of battery.

6-94

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (351,1)

Rear Entertainment System Functions

qMode

The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes.

Mode Function Page

Disc modeDVD video, video CD, DVD audio, and audio CD can beplayed.

6-96

AUX (Auxiliary) mode *AVequipment with output terminals for image and sound,such as a video game player and a video camera, can beused.

6-110

* Auxiliary terminals in which AVequipment can be connected are equipped.Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet on page 6-110.

Mode change

Press the SOURCE button. The mode changes between Disc and AUX.

Disc mode AUX mode

("AUX" is displayed.)("DISC" is displayed.)

Interior Comfort


6-95


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (352,1)

DVD video, DVD audio,Video CD, Audio CD andMP3/WMA CD Playback(Disc Mode)

DVD video, DVD audio, Video CD,Audio CD, and MP3/WMA CD can beplayed in the Disc mode.

CAUTIONFor safe driving, adjust the volumewhile driving so that ambient soundcan be heard.

NOTEl Do not use the Rear Entertainment System

for a long period with the engine off. Thevehicle battery could run down.

l To listen to the Rear Entertainment Systemsound from the vehicle speakers, change theaudio or navigation system sound to theRear Entertainment System sound.Refer to Sound Output from VehicleSpeakers on page 6-91.

l To listen to audio other than from thespeakers of the rear entertainment system, itis necessary to use the wireless headphonesthat are included. For headphonespecification, refer to“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page6-81).

l The cooling fan of this unit may activate ifthe temperature of the unit is high, however,this does not indicate a malfunction.

qBasic Operation

Power ON/OFF

Turning on the power

The Rear Entertainment Systemautomatically turns on when any of thefollowing operations are done with theignition switched to ACC or ON.l The display is open and a disc isinserted.

l The POWER button on the remotecontroller is pressed.

Turning off

The Rear Entertainment System turns offwhen any of the following operations aredone.l The POWER button on the remotecontroller is pressed.

l The ignition is switched off.l The display is closed.

Playback

The top menu or disc menu may bedisplayed on the monitor screen when adisc is played. From these menus, the discfunctions can be performed.Refer to Assist Functions (DVD video,DVD audio, video CD and audio CD) onpage 6-99.

NOTEl For some discs, the top menu or disc menu

may be displayed automatically afterplayback.

l Refer to the instruction manual attached tothe disc for the top menu or disc menu.

When no disc is inserted


2. Insert the disc into the disc slot.After the disc is inserted, the playbackstarts.

6-96

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (353,1)

CAUTIONInsert the disc with its label-side(decorated side) facing upward. If thedisc is inserted upside-down, it maycause a malfunction.

When a disc has been inserted


2. Turn on the Rear EntertainmentSystem.

3. Press the PLAY button to startplayback.

NOTEIf the Rear Entertainment System has beenturned off during a previous playback,playback automatically resumes when thesystem is turned on.

Stopping the playback

Press the STOP button to stop theplayback.To resume the playback, press the PLAYbutton.

Resume playback function

The Rear Entertainment System stores theposition where the playback has beenstopped using the resume playbackfunction.Press the PLAY button to resume theplayback from the position previouslystopped.

NOTEIf the RETURN button is pressed after theplayback has been stopped, the resumeplayback function is canceled. Once theresume playback function is canceled, theplayback starts from the first chapter (DVDvideo)/track (video CD, audio CD, DVDaudio, or MP3/WMA CD) when the PLAYbutton is pressed.

Pausing the playback

Press the PAUSE button to pause theplayback.Press the PAUSE or PLAY button toresume the playback.


Fast-forward

Image and sound is fast-forwarded whilethe FWD button ( ) is pressed.

Reverse

Image and sound is reversed while theREW button ( ) is pressed.

Slow playback (DVD video and videoCD)

Press the SLOW button to slow theplayback.Press the SLOWor PLAY button to returnto normal playback speed.

NOTEl Slow playback is not available for audio

CD, DVD audio and MP3/WMA CD.l The unit is muted while in slow playback.

Skipping the chapter/track

Chapter (DVD video) or track (video CD,DVD audio, audio CD, and MP3/WMACD) can be skipped (changed).

Fast-forward skip

Press the NEXT button ( ) to skip tothe next chapter/track.

Reverse skip

Press the PREV button ( ) to return tothe beginning of the current chapter/track.

Interior Comfort


6-97


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (354,1)

NOTETo return to the beginning of the previouschapter/track, press the PREV button ( )again within 2 seconds after the button ispressed.

Skipping to desired chapter/track

The playback can be started from thedesired chapter (DVD video)/track (videoCD, DVD audio and audio CD) byentering the chapter/track number.

1. Enter the chapter/track number usingthe number keys (0 to 9) while the discis being played.

2. Press the ENTER button to start theplayback from the selected chapter/track.Example: when selecting chapter/tracknumber “10”1.Press the number key (1).2.Press the number key (0).3.Press the ENTER button.

NOTEl If a chapter/track number not in the disc is

input, the last chapter/track is played.l Refer to the instruction manual attached to

the disc for chapter/track numbers.

Skipping to desired title/group

The playback can be started from thedesired title/group by entering the title/group number.

1. Enter the title/group number using thenumber keys (0 to 9) while theplayback is stopped.

2. Press the ENTER button to start theplayback from the selected title.Example: When selecting title number“2”1.Press the number key (2).2.Press the ENTER button.

NOTEl If a title/group number not in the disc is

input, the last title/group is played.l Refer to the instruction manual attached to

the disc for the title/group numbers.

Bonus group playback

1. Press the number button (0) while adisc is not being played.If the disc has a bonus group*, thedisplay shows as follows.

2. Press the ENTER button to change thedisplay to the password input screen,then enter the password.For the password, see the instructionmanual attached to the disc.

* Bonus group means the 'Bonus tracks'originally recorded in the disc.

6-98

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (355,1)

qAssist Functions (DVD video, DVDaudio, video CD and audio CD)

Top menu and disc menu

NOTEOperation may vary or cannot be performeddepending on the disc. Refer to the instructionmanual attached to the disc.

Top menu

Multiple titles may have been recorded onsome discs.For these DVD discs, the desired title canbe selected in the top menu.

Disc menu

The unique functions of each DVD discare recorded as the menu. This is referredto as the disc menu.Various menu related images and soundare recorded in the disc menu.

Displaying/selecting top menu/discmenu

1. To display the top menu on the screen,press the MENU button while the discis not being played. To display the discmenu on the screen, press the MENUbutton during playback.

2. Move the cursor to the desired menuby operating the select button up/downor left/right.

3. Press the ENTER button to operate theselected menu.

4. To return to playback, press the MENUbutton or the STOP button, then thePLAY button.

Function menu

In the function menu, the following itemscan be selected/operated while inplayback.

Language (sound and subtitle)selection (DVD video and DVD audio)

Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)Display angle change (DVD video and

DVD audio)Sound output balance adjustment

(Video CD)Repeat/random playback (Video CD,

DVD audio and audio CD)

DVD video function menu

DVD audio function menu

Interior Comfort


6-99


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (356,1)

Video CD/audio CD function menu

NOTEl In the function menu, the title/group

number, chapter/track number, andplayback elapsed time cannot be selected/changed.

l Settings set in the function menu areavailable only for the current disc. Settingsset in the initial setting function menu areavailable for the Rear EntertainmentSystem unit itself so that the settings remainafter the disc is changed. Refer to InitialSetting Function on page 6-105.

Displaying the function menu

Press the DISPLAY button while inplayback to display the function menu onthe monitor screen.Press the DISPLAY button again tocancel.

NOTEFor audio CD, the function menu isautomatically displayed when playback isstarted.

Language (sound and subtitles)selection (DVD video and DVD audio)

Sound and subtitles can be changed to thedesired language.

NOTEAvailable languages varies depending on theDVD disc.

1. Press the DISPLAY button to displaythe function menu.

2. Move the cursor and select the soundselect mode or subtitle select mode byoperating the select button to the left orright.

3. Move the cursor and select the desiredlanguage by operating the select buttonup or down.

4. Press the DISPLAY button to finish thefunction menu.

Subtitle ON/OFF (DVD video)

Subtitle on/off can be set.


6-100

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (357,1)

2. Move the cursor to the subtitle ON/OFF mode by operating the selectbutton to the left or right.

3. Select ON to display the subtitles, orOFF to hide them by operating theselect button up or down.


Display angle change (DVD video andDVD audio)

The image can be displayed at the desiredangle.

NOTEl Display angle change is not available for

discs other than multi-angle recorded DVDdiscs. Refer to the instruction manualattached to the disc for details.

l The available angles vary depending on thedisc.


2. Move the cursor to the display anglechange mode by operating the selectbutton to the left or right.

3. Move the cursor and select the desiredangle by operating the select button upor down.


Sound output balance adjustment(Video CD)

1. Press the DISPLAY button during thevideo CD playback to display thefunction menu.

2. Move the cursor to the sound outputbalance adjustment mode by operatingthe select button to the left or right.

Interior Comfort


6-101


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (358,1)

3. Set the sound output to the desiredbalance by operating the select buttonup or down.

Press the button and the settingschanges in the order of L+R →L→R.The sound balance changes accordingto the setting.

L: Audio recorded in the audio outputchannel from the left is output.R: Audio recorded in the audio outputchannel from the right is output.L R: Audio recorded in the audiooutput channel from the left/right isoutput.


Repeat/random playback (Video CD,DVD audio and audio CD)

Tracks can be played repeatedly orrandomly.

1. Press the DISPLAY button while in theplayback to display the function menuon the monitor screen.

2. Move the cursor to the repeat/randomplayback mode by operating the selectbutton to the left or right.

3. Select the desired mode by operatingthe select button up or down.

(1) During DVD audio:Each time the button is pressed, themode changes in the order of 1 ―NON ― RPF― NOF ― RND ―RNF ― ALL ― 1.ALL: Repeats all tracks.1: Repeats the current track.RPF: Repeats all tracks in the currentgroupNOF: Stops playback after all tracks inthe current group are played.RND: Randomly selects and plays atrack from all tracks.RNF: Randomly selects and plays atrack from the current group.(2) During video CD and audio CDEach time the button is pressed, themode changes in the order of 1 ―NON ― RND ― ALL ― 1.ALL: Repeats all tracks. (Returns tothe beginning of the disc after all tracksare played.)1: Repeats the current track.NON: Stops playback after all tracks inthe disc are played.RND: Randomly plays a track.


NOTEThe function menu is displayed during audioCD playback and it cannot be canceled bypressing the DISPLAY button during playback.

qAssist Functions (MP3/WMA CD)

Folders and files

The order of MP3/WMA file playback isas follows:l A folder number is assigned to eachfolder on a disc.

6-102

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (359,1)

l For example, the folder numbers forfolders (1), (3), and (5) in the figure arenot displayed because they do notcontain MP3/WMA files.

l Folders and files in a hierarchy areplayed in the order that they arerecorded on the disc by the writingsoftware.

l Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can beplayed.

l The loading time may be longerdepending on the disc.

: Folder

: Order of playback

: MP3 file

: WMA file

Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4

Function menu

If MP3/WMA files are to be played,operate the select button and move thecursor to select the playback file,playback mode, and display mode.

Folder number/Playback list numberFile numberPlayback elapsed timePlayback modePlayback status

Folder/File information displaywindow

Display mode

Changing the display mode

1. Move the cursor to the display modeby operating the select button to the leftor right.

2. Change the display mode by operatingthe select button up or down.

Display Displayed information

FOLDER All folders and files display

TAG INFO

File tag display(FOLDER name, FILE name,TITLE name, ARTIST name,and ALBUM name) display

TREE IDX Folder tree display

PLST IDXPlaylist display(If there is a playlist on thedisc.)

PLAYLISTFiles on playlist display(If the files on the playlist arebeing played.)

CD TRACK

CD track display(If CD tracks on a disc whichhas both MP3/WMA and CDaudio files are being played.)

Changing the playback mode

1. Move the cursor to the playback modeby operating the select button to the leftor right.

Interior Comfort


6-103


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (360,1)

2. Change the display mode by operatingthe select button up or down.

Display Playback mode

ALL All files are played repeatedly.

1The current file is playedrepeatedly.

NONAll files are played once and theplayback stops.

RPFAll files in the current folder areplayed repeatedly.

NOFFiles in the current folder areplayed once and the playbackstops.

RND All files are played randomly.

RNFFiles in the current folder areplayed randomly.

NOTEIf RND or RNF is selected during a playlistplayback, files on the playlist are playedrandomly. Refer to Playlist File Playback onpage 6-104.

Selection file

While in FOLDER display mode

1. Move the cursor to the folder/fileinformation display window byoperating the select button to the left orright.

2. Move the cursor to the desired folder/file by operating the select button up ordown.

3. Press the ENTER button to play theselected file or to move to the selectedfolder.

NOTETo return to an upper hierarchy, move thecursor to the “PARENT FOLDER” and pressthe ENTER button.

While in TREEIDX display mode

1. Move the cursor to the folder/fileinformation display window byoperating the select button to the left orright.

2. Move the cursor to the folder where thedesired file is located by operating theselect button up or down.

3. Press the ENTER button. Playbackstarts from the first track in the selectedfolder.

NOTEl “ ” mark is attached to a folder if the

folder has a playable MP3/WMA file.l If a disc including a playlist is being

played, the playlist file can be selected.

Playlist file playback

Playlist files can be played using thefollowing procedure:

1. Set the display mode to the TREEIDXmode. Refer to Assist Functions (MP3/WMA CD) on page 6-102.

2. Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST byoperating the select button.

3. Press the ENTER button to change thedisplay from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX.

4. Move the cursor to the desired playlistfile by operating the select button up ordown.

5. Press the ENTER button. Playbackstarts in the order programmed in theplaylist file.

NOTEThe loading time after pressing the ENTERbutton may be longer depending on the disc.

6-104

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (361,1)

qInitial Setting Function

The settings set in the initial settingfunction remain after the unit is turned offor the disc is changed.The following items can be set in theinitial setting.Lang: Sound and subtitle settingRating: Parental lock settingMark: On-Screen Mark, Angle Mark andMode Priority settingsAudio: Audio DRC settingAspect: Not available

Displaying/selecting the initial settingfunction menu

1. Press the SET UP button while the discis not being played to display the initialsetting function menu on the monitorscreen.

NOTEl The initial setting can be performed with no

disc inserted.l After setting the initial setting, the playback

starts from the first chapter/track.

2. Move the cursor to the desired menuby operating the select button up/downor left/right.

3. Press the ENTER button. The selectedmenu is highlighted to indicate that themenu is selected.

4. Select the item to be set by operatingthe select button up or down.

Interior Comfort


6-105


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (362,1)

5. Press the ENTER button. Thehighlighted color returns to theprevious color to indicate that theselected item is set.

6. To finish the function menu on themonitor display, press the SET UP,MENU, or STOP button.

Lang (Language)

Sound and subtitles can be changed to thedesired language.

Menu language: Language used for topmenu/disc menuSound language: Language used formovie sound (voice)Subtitle language: Language used forsubtitles

Changing to a language other thanEnglish and Japanese

NOTEl Languages other than English and

Japanese can be set by entering thelanguage code in the language code list.Refer to Language Code List on page6-114.

l If the selected language is not recorded inthe disc, the language is not available.

1. Move the cursor to “Other” byoperating the select button up or down.

2. Press the ENTER button, and thenoperate the select button to the right.

3. Enter the desired language code bypressing the number keys (0 to 9) oroperating the select button up or down.

4. Press the ENTER button to set thelanguage of the entered language code.

NOTEIf “English” or “Japanese” is selectedafterward, the previously entered languagecode is cleared.

Rating

If the disc has a parental lock code,viewing can be restricted. Also, the settingcan be protected by a password to preventsomeone changing the setting.

6-106

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (363,1)

Viewing can be restricted by setting theparent lock level.For example, if the level is set to 6, level 7or higher viewing is locked and cannot beplayed.

NOTEl Parent lock is not available depending on

the disc.l The initial password setting (when

purchased) is “0000”.

Rating change: Parent lock level settingCountry change: Setting for the countrywhere the disc is being played.Password change: Registered passwordchanges

Changing the Rating setting

1. Enter the password by pressing thenumber keys (0 to 9) or operating theselect button up or down.

2. Press the ENTER button.If the password is confirmed, theRating change mode is displayed.

NOTEThe setting cannot be changed without thecorrect password. Note down the password soyou don't forget it.

3. Select the desired parent lock level andpress the ENTER button to set.

Interior Comfort


6-107


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (364,1)

Country change

NOTEIt is necessary to set the country code becausethe parent lock level is different depending onthe country. When using the unit in U.S.A., setthe country code to “3018”. The parent lockfunction is disabled without the country codesetting (page 6-116).


2. Press the ENTER button.If the password is confirmed, thepassword change mode is displayed.


3. Enter the country code by pressing thenumber keys (0 to 9) or operating theselect button up or down.

4. Press the ENTER button to set thecountry of the entered country code.

Changing the password


2. Press the ENTER button.If the password is confirmed, thepassword change mode is displayed.


6-108

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (365,1)

3. Enter the new password by pressing thenumber keys (0 to 9) or operating theselect button up or down.

4. Press the ENTER button to set the newpassword.

Mark

The DVD video playback status and angledisplay on/off, and priority of the inserteddiscs can be set.

On-Screen Mark

Select ON to display, OFF not to displaythe DVD video playback status on theupper right corner of the screen.

When the screen display is on, thefollowing marks are displayed on theupper right corner of the screen (in Discmode).

Mark Condition

Playback

Stop (Resume standby)

Pause

Fast-forward

Reverse

Angle display

The camera mark display when multi-angle can be performed.

Interior Comfort


6-109


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (366,1)

NOTEl The display angle change is not available

for discs other than multi-angle recordedDVD discs. Refer to the instruction manualaccompanying the disc for details.

l The screen size and angle can be changedwhen On-Screen Mark and Angle Mark isoff.

Mode Priority

The priority of the inserted discs (CD-R/CD-RW) can be selected.

Audio

Digital Output

Not used with this unit.

Audio DRC

The audio dynamic range can be adjustedto reduce the difference between themaximum and minimum audio output.Audio compression of the DVD videoplayback can be selected or deselectedduring playback using the followingmodes:

Mode Function

NONE Playback with normal volume

LINELower volume is increased toreduce difference in volume range.

RF

Use when it is still difficult to hearsound while using LINE.Sound quality is reduced whileusing RF.

NOTEOnly sound output from the headphones isavailable.

Auxiliary Input (AUX mode)In AUX mode, AVequipment such as avideo game player or a video camera canbe used by connecting the image andsound cables to the auxiliary terminals.

NOTEl Before operating, read the instruction

manual accompanying the AVequipment tobe used.

l To listen to the Rear Entertainment Systemsound from the vehicle speakers, change theaudio or navigation system sound to theRear Entertainment System sound.Refer to Sound Output from VehicleSpeakers on page 6-91.To listen to audio other than from thespeakers of the rear entertainment system, itis necessary to use the wireless headphonesthat are included. For headphonespecification, refer to“Operation Tips for Headphones” (page6-81).

l The cooling fan for this unit may activate ifthe temperature of the unit is high, however,this does not indicate a malfunction.

qAuxiliary Terminals and PowerOutlet

The auxiliary terminals and power outletare positioned as shown in the figure.

Power outlet (AC115V)

Auxiliary terminals

6-110

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (367,1)

Auxiliary terminals

The auxiliary terminals consist of oneimage input terminal and two sound inputterminals (for left and right).Image input terminal: YellowSound input (Right) terminal: RedSound input (Left) terminal: WhiteTo use, open the cover.

CAUTIONClose the cover when the terminalsare not in use. If foreign materialpenetrates, or liquid is spilled on it, itmay cause a malfunction.

NOTEl For monaural equipment (with one sound

output terminal), connect the terminal tothe sound input terminal (White). Thesound is output from the speaker to whichthe terminal has been connected.

l Noise may occur depending on theconnected equipment.

Power Outlet

The power outlet can be used as a powersupply for electrical devices when theignition is switched to ACC or ON.Only use AC 115 Velectrical appliancesrequiring no greater than 100 WOpen the cover to use the power outlet.

WARNINGØ Never use medical instruments

with the power outlet.Ø Follow the cautions below to

prevent electrical shock.Ø Do not plug accessories into the

power outlet or unplug themwith wet hands.

Ø Do not put anything other thanplugs into the outlet.

Ø Do not disassemble the outlet.

CAUTIONØ Always close the cover when not in

use. If foreign objects or liquidpenetrate the outlet, it may causea malfunction.

Ø Do not use electrical appliancesthat exceed the prescribed powercapacity. It may cause amalfunction.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the auxiliary input for long periods withthe engine off or idling.

Plug-in

1. Open the cover.

2. Lightly insert the plug and turn theoutlet 90 degrees, then insert it fully.

POWER OUTLET

Unplug

1. Pull the plug out.

2. Close the cover.

Interior Comfort


6-111


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (368,1)

NOTEThe following electrical appliances may notoperate even if their electrical capacity is 100Wor less.l Appliances requiring large amounts of

power for activation (such as cathode-raytube televisions, refrigerators with acompressor, electrical pumps, and electricaltools)

l Appliances with a power supply frequencyswitch function (such as clocks and audio)

l Appliances for precise data processing(such as measurement equipment)

Some electrical appliances other than theabove may not operate.The protection circuit may operate and thepower supply may be stopped to preventbattery depletion.When using an electrical appliance for dataprocessing such as a personal computer, backup the data frequently.The power outlet (AC115V) cannot be used inthe following cases:l Battery power is weakl Appliances with a capacity of 100 Wor

more are usedl Cabin temperature is extremely hotNoise may occur during radio or televisionoperation depending on the electricalappliance being used.

qUsing AV Equipment

CAUTIONFor safe driving, adjust the volumewhile driving so that ambient soundcan be heard.

NOTEBefore operating, read the instruction manualaccompanying the AVequipment to be used.


2. If a power supply is necessary, connectthe outlet to the power outlet.Refer to Auxiliary Terminals andPower Outlet on page 6-110.

3. Connect the image cable and soundcables to the input terminals.

Auxiliary terminals

Accessory socket (DC12 V, 10 A) Plug

RedWhiteYellow

Sound cable (Right)

Sound cable (Left)Image cable

AV equipment

NOTEl For monaural equipment (with one sound

output terminal), connect the terminal toeither of the sound input terminals (Red)and (White). The sound is output from thespeaker to which the terminal has beenconnected.

l Noise may occur depending on theconnected equipment.


6-112

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (369,1)

5. Press the SOURCE button and selectthe AUX mode.Refer to Mode on page 6-95.

6. Operate the equipment following theinstruction manual accompanying theequipment.

Interior Comfort


6-113


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (370,1)

Language Code List

Language Code

Abkhazian ab 1001

Afar aa 1000

Afrekaans af 1005

Albanian sq 2816

Amharic am 1012

Arabic ar 1017

Armenian hy 1724

Assamase as 1018

Aymara ay 1024

Azerbaijani az 1025

Bashkir ba 1100

Basque eu 1420

Bengali bn 1113

Bhutani dz 1325

Bihari bh 1107

Bislama bi 1108

Breton br 1117

Bulgarian bg 1106

Burmese my 2224

Byelorussian be 1104

Cambodian km 2012

Catalan ca 1200

Chinese zh 3507

Corsican co 1214

Croatian hr 1717

Czech cs 1218

Danish da 1300

Dutch nl 2311

English en 1413

Esperanto eo 1414

Estonian et 1419

Faroese fo 1514

Fiji fj 1509

Finnish fi 1508

French fr 1517

Friesian fy 1524

Galician gl 1611

German de 1304

Gorgian ka 2000

Language Code

Greek el 1411

Greenlandic kl 2011

Guarani gn 1613

Gujarati gu 1620

Hausa ha 1700

Hebrew iw 1822

Hindi hi 1708

Hungarian hu 1720

Icelandic is 1818

Indonesian in 1813

Interlingua ia 1800

Interlingue ie 1804

Inupiak ik 1810

Irish ga 1600

Italian it 1819

Japanese ja 1900

Javanese jw 1922

Kannada kn 2013

Kashmiri ks 2018

Kazakh kk 2010

Kinyarwanda rw 2722

Kirghiz ky 2024

Kirundi rn 2713

Korean ko 2014

Kurdish ku 2020

Laothian lo 2114

Latin la 2100

Latvian lv 2121

Lingala ln 2113

Lithuanian lt 2119

Macedonian mk 2210

Malagasy mg 2206

Malay ms 2218

Malayalam ml 2211

Maltese mt 2219

Maori mi 2208

Marathi mr 2217

Moldavian mo 2214

Mongolian mn 2213

6-114

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (371,1)

Language Code

Nauru na 2300

Nepali ne 2304

Norwegian no 2314

Occtian oc 2402

Oriya or 2417

Oromo om 2412

Panjabi pa 2500

Pashto, Pushto ps 2518

Persian fa 1500

Polish pl 2511

Portuguese pt 2519

Quechua qu 2620

Rhaeto-Romance rm 2712

Romanian ro 2714

Russian ru 2720

Samoan sm 2812

Sangho sg 2806

SanSkrit sa 2800

Scots-Gaelic gd 1603

Serbian sr 2817

Serbo-Croatian sh 2807

Sesotho st 2819

Setswana tn 2913

Shona sn 2813

Sindhi sd 2803

Singhalese si 2808

Siswaiti ss 2818

Slovak sk 2810

Slovenian sl 2811

Somali so 2814

Spanish es 1418

Sundanese su 2820

Swahili sw 2822

Swedish sv 2821

Tagalog tl 2911

Tajik tg 2906

Tamil ta 2900

Tatar tt 2919

Telugu te 2904

Thai th 2907

Tibetan bo 1114

Language Code

Tigrinya ti 2908

Tonga to 2914

Tsonga ts 2918

Tukmen tk 2910

Turkish tr 2917

Twi tw 2922

Ukrainian uk 3010

Urdu ur 3017

Uzbek uz 3025

Vietnamese vi 3108

Volapuk vo 3114

Welsh cy 1224

Wolof wo 3214

Xhosa xh 3307

Yiddish ji 1908

Yoruba yo 3414

Zulu zu 3520

Interior Comfort


6-115


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (372,1)

Country Code List

Country Code

Afghanistan AF 1005

Albania AL 1011

Algeria DZ 1325

American Samoa AS 1018

Andorra AD 1003

Angola AO 1014

Anguilla AI 1008

Antarctica AQ 1016

Antigua and Barbuda AG 1006

Argentina AR 1017

Armenia AM 1012

Aruba AW 1022

Australia AU 1020

Austria AT 1019

Azerbaijan AZ 1025

Bahamas BS 1118

Bahrain BH 1107

Bangladesh BD 1103

Barbados BB 1101

Belarus BY 1124

Belgium BE 1104

Belize BZ 1125

Benin BJ 1109

Bermuda BM 1112

Bhutan BT 1119

Bolivia BO 1114

Bosnia and Herzegovina BA 1100

Botswana BW 1122

Bouvet Island BV 1121

Brazil BR 1117

British Indian OceanTerritory

IO 1814

Brunei BN 1113

Bulgaria BG 1106

Burkina Faso BF 1105

Burundi BI 1108

Cambodia KH 2007

Cameroon CM 1212

Canada CA 1200

Country Code

Cape Verde CV 1221

Cayman Islands KY 2024

Central African Republic CF 1205

Chad TD 2903

Chile CL 1211

China CN 1213

Christmas Island CX 1223

Cocos (Keeling) Islands CC 1202

Colombia CO 1214

Comoros KM 2012

Congo CG 1206

Congo, The DemocraticRepublic of the

CD 1203

Cook Islands CK 1210

Costa Rica CR 1217

Cote D'Ivoire CI 1208

Croatia (Hrvatska) HR 1717

Cuba CU 1220

Cyprus CY 1224

Czech Republic CZ 1225

Denmark DK 1310

Djibouti DJ 1309

Dominica DM 1312

Dominican Republic DO 1314

East Timor TP 2915

Ecuador EC 1402

Egypt EG 1406

El Salvador SV 2821

Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616

Eritrea ER 1417

Estonia EE 1404

Ethiopia ET 1419

Falkland Islands (Malvinas) FK 1510

Faroe Islands FO 1514

Fiji FJ 1509

Finland FI 1508

France FR 1517

French Guiana GF 1605

French PF 2505

6-116

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (373,1)

Country Code

French Southern Territories TF 2905

Gabon GA 1600

Gambia GM 1612

Georgia GE 1604

Germany DE 1304

Ghana GH 1607

Gibraltar GI 1608

Greece GR 1617

Greenland GL 1611

Grenada GD 1603

Guadeloupe GP 1615

Guam GU 1620

Guatemala GT 1619

Guinea GN 1613

Guinea-Bissau GW 1622

Guyana GY 1624

Haiti HT 1719

Heard and McDonald Islands HM 1712

Holy See (Vatican City State) VA 3100

Honduras HN 1713

Hong Kong HK 1710

Hungary HU 1720

Iceland IS 1818

India IN 1813

Indonesia ID 1803

Iran, Islamic Republic of IR 1817

Iraq IQ 1816

Ireland IE 1804

Israel IL 1811

Italy IT 1819

Jamaica JM 1912

Japan JP 1915

Jordan JO 1914

Kazakstan KZ 2025

Kenya KE 2004

Kiribati KI 2008

Korea (North), DemocraticPeople's Republic

KP 2015

Korea (South), Republic of KR 2017

Kuwait KW 2022

Kyrgyzstan KG 2006

Country Code

Lao People's Democratic LA 2100

Latvia LV 2121

Lebanon LB 2101

Lesotho LS 2118

Liberia LR 2117

Libyan Arab Jamahiriya LY 2124

Liechtenstein LI 2108

Lithuania LT 2119

Luxembourg LU 2120

Macau MO 2214

Macedonia, the FormerYugoslav Republic of

MK 2210

Madagascar MG 2206

Malawi MW 2222

Malaysia MY 2224

Maldives MV 2221

Mali ML 2211

Malta MT 2219

Marshall Islands MH 2207

Martinique MQ 2216

Mauritania MR 2217

Mauritius MU 2220

Mayotte YT 3419

Mexico MX 2223

Micronesia, Federated States FM 1512

Moldova, Republic MD 2203

Monaco MC 2202

Mongolia MN 2213

Montserrat MS 2218

Morocco MA 2200

Mozambique MZ 2225

Myanmar (Burma) MM 2212

Namibia NA 2300

Nauru NR 2317

Nepal NP 2315

Netherlands NL 2311

Netherlands Antilles AN 1013

New Caledonia NC 2302

New Zealand NZ 2325

Nicaragua NI 2308

Niger NE 2304

Interior Comfort


6-117


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (374,1)

Country Code

Nigeria NG 2306

Niue NU 2320

Norfolk Island NF 2305

Northern Mariana Islands MP 2215

Norway NO 2314

Oman OM 2412

Pakistan PK 2510

Palau PW 2522

Palestinian Territory,Occupied

PS 2518

Panama PA 2500

Papua New Guinea PG 2506

Paraguay PY 2524

Peru PE 2504

Philippines PH 2507

Pitcairn PN 2513

Poland PL 2511

Portugal PT 2519

Puerto Rico PR 2517

Qatar QA 2600

Reunion RE 2704

Romania RO 2714

Russian Federation RU 2720

Rwanda RW 2722

Saint Helena SH 2807

Saint Kitts and KN 2013

Saint Lucia LC 2102

Saint Pierre and Miquelon PM 2512

Saint Vincent and theGrenadines

VC 3102

Samoa WS 3218

San Marino SM 2812

Sao Tome and Principe ST 2819

Saudi Arabia SA 2800

Senegal SN 2813

Seychelles SC 2802

Sierra Leone SL 2811

Singapore SG 2806

Slovakia (Slovak Republic) SK 2810

Slovenia SI 2808

Solomon Islands SB 2801

Somalia SO 2814

Country Code

South Africa ZA 3500

South Georgia and the SouthSandwich Islands

GS 1618

Spain ES 1418

Sri Lanka LK 2110

Sudan SD 2803

Suriname SR 2817

Svalbard and Jan MayenIslands

SJ 2809

Swaziland SZ 2825

Sweden SE 2804

Switzerland CH 1207

Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824

Taiwan, Province of China TW 2922

Tajikistan TJ 2909

Tanzania, United Republic TZ 2925

Thailand TH 2907

Togo TG 2906

Tokelau TK 2910

Tonga TO 2914

Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919

Tunisia TN 2913

Turkey TR 2917

Turkmenistan TM 2912

Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902

Tuvalu TV 2921

Uganda UG 3006

Ukraine UA 3000

United Arab Emirates AE 1004

United Kingdom GB 1601

United States US 3018

United States Minor OutlyingIslands

UM 3012

Uruguay UY 3024

Uzbekistan UZ 3025

Vanuatu VU 3120

Vatican City State See HolySee

VA 3100

Venezuela VE 3104

Viet Nam VN 3113

Virgin Islands, British VG 3106

Virgin Islands, U.S. VI 3108

6-118

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (375,1)

Country Code

Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205

Western Sahara EH 1407

Yemen YE 3404

Yugoslavia YU 3420

Zaire See Congo, TheDemocratic Republic of the

ZR 3517

Zambia ZM 3512

Zimbabwe ZW 3522

Interior Comfort


6-119


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (376,1)

Error Message

qMessage

Disc mode error message

Use of Non-supported DiscAn error message is displayed if a non-supported DVD-ROM disc, a non-supported disc format or a disc (PAL,other) with a different image signalencoding is read.

If the disc content cannot be read:

An error message is displayed if the disccannot be read due to scratches or thecontent cannot be read.

Incorrect region code

An error message is displayed if a discother than one with region code 1 orincluding region 1 is inserted.

High temperature malfunction

If the temperature surrounding the DVDplayer area exceeds 88°C (190°F), theDVD player operation is stopped toprotect the unit. When the temperaturedecreases to 70°C (158°F) or less, theprotective circuit function is cleared andthe operation is restored.

6-120

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (377,1)

System errors (Common to each mode)

Power malfunction

An error message is displayed if thepower supply to the rear entertainmentsystem drops (About 9.5 Vor less), andthe power is turned off.The power is restored when the powersupply to the rear entertainment system is10 Vor more.

High temperature malfunction

If the temperature around the LCD areaexceeds 95°C (203°F), the power supplyis turned off to protect the LCD.When the temperature around the LCDarea is 85°C (185°F) or less, theprotective circuit function is cleared andthe operation is restored.

Interior Comfort


6-121


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (378,1)

Symptoms and ActionsIf any malfunction is suspected, verify the following before requesting a repair.If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure, have the system inspectedat an Authorized Mazda Dealer.Some functions are not available depending on the disc. Read the instruction manualattached to the disc before operating.

Symptom Cause Action

Systemcannot beturned on

The ignition is switched off. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.

The remote controller batteries areweak.

Replace the batteries with new ones.Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-89.

Remote controller batteries poles arepointed in the wrong direction.

Install the batteries in the correct direction.Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-89.

The vehicle battery is weak. Recharge or replace the vehicle battery.

The cabin temperature(Rear Entertainment System unit tem-perature) is high.

Retry after the temperature has lowered.

Imagecannot bedisplayed


No disc is inserted. Insert a disc.

An invalid disc is inserted.Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6-74.

The wrong mode has been selected.Select the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button.Refer to Mode on page 6-95.

Disc cannotbe played


Disc is inserted upside down. Insert the disc with the label-side up.

Parent lock level is set. Clear or change the parent lock level.

Soundcannot beoutput


Volume is too low. Adjust the volume.

The audio unit/navigation system is notset in the Rear Entertainment Systemmode.

Set the audio unit/navigation system in the RearEntertainment System mode.Refer to Sound Output on page 6-91.

An invalid disc has been inserted.Insert a disc which can be played by this unit.Refer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6-74.


Disc is inserted upside down. Insert the disc with the label-side up.

Playback has been paused. Cancel the pause.

The playback is in slow, fast-forward, orreverse mode.

Select normal playback.Refer to Basic Operation on page 6-96.

Audiooutput fromvehiclespeakers butnot fromheadphones

DTS format language is selected andplayed back.(The wireless headphones cannot play-back DTS format language)

Select audio other than DTS format.

6-122

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (379,1)


Imageand/or soundis distorted.

The disc is dirty. Clean the signal surface of the disc.

The disc has a scratch. Replace the disc with another one.

Dew condensation on the disc Clear the dew condensation.

There aresubtle spotsorluminescentspots on thescreen.

The LCD is high tech equipment with a99.99% effective sensor resolution.However, please be aware that 0.01%pixel failure or pixel continuousilluminated pixels may exist.

―

Subtitlescannot bechanged

Other languages are not recorded on thedisc.

Check the available language in the instruction manualaccompanying the disc.

Displayangle cannotbe changed

Multiple angles are not recorded on thedisc.

Check the available angle in the instruction manualaccompanying the disc.

Remotecontroller isinoperable

The remote controller is not pointedtoward the receiver on the unit.

Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit.The receiver is near the disc slot.

There is an obstruction between theremote controller and the unit.

Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction sothat the signal reaches the receiver on the unit. Thereceiver is near the disc slot.

The remote controller batteries areweak.

Replace the batteries with new ones.Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-89.

Remote controller batteries poles arepointed in the wrong direction.

Install the batteries in the correct direction.Refer to Remote Controller on page 6-89.

No audiooutput from

theheadphones.

No power to the headphones. Turn on the power to the headphones.

The headphones' optical receiver is notpointed towards the main unit'stransmitter.

Point the headphones' optical receiver towards the mainunit's transmitter. The main unit's transmitter is locatednear the disc insertion area.

There is an obstruction between theheadphones and the main unit.

Avoid the obstruction.

The headphones' batteries are depleted. Replace the batteries with new ones.

The headphones' batteries have not beencorrectly inserted in the /directions.

Insert the batteries correctly.

The headphones are exposed to directsunlight.

Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight.

Power turns off automatically.

If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer, or if theheadphones are continuously used for 4 hours, there is afunction which automatically turns the power off. Turn thepower to headphones back on.

Theheadphones'opticalreceptionrange is toonarrow.

The headphones' batteries are weak. Replace the batteries with new ones.

Interior Comfort


6-123


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (380,1)


There isexcessivenoise in theheadphoneaudio

The headphones' batteries are weak. Replace the batteries with new ones.

6-124

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (381,1)

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)í

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Play/Pause button

Track down button

Track up button

Return button

AUX button

Manual tuning dial/Enter button/Text button

qWhat is Bluetooth Audio?

Bluetooth audio outline

By programming portable audio devicesequipped with the Bluetoothcommunication function to the vehicle'sBluetooth unit, you can listen to music oraudio recorded on these audio devicesfrom the vehicle's speakers. Bluetoothaudio devices do not need to be pluggedinto the auxiliary jack.After programming, operate the audiosystem's control panel to play/stop themusic or audio.

CAUTIONØ Always program audio devices to

the Bluetooth audio system whilethe vehicle is stopped.

Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Audio (Type B)

6-125íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (382,1)

Ø Because only specified Bluetoothaudio devices can be used, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer whenpurchasing or changing devices.Bluetooth audio devices whichcorrespond to specified Bluetoothversions and profiles can beBluetooth-connected to thevehicle's Bluetooth unit. However,even among these devices are oneswhich cannot be Bluetooth-connected or have limitedfunctionality. Each device to beused with the vehicle's Bluetoothunit needs to be checkedindividually for compatibility.Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer concerning devicecompatibility.Ø U.S.A.

Phone: 800-430-0153Web: www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

Ø CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca

Applicable Bluetooth specification

Ver. 2.0 or higher

Audio profile

l A2DP (Advanced Audio DistributionProfile) Ver. 1.0

l AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote ControlProfile) Ver. 1.0/1.3

A2DP is a profile which transmits onlyaudio to the Bluetooth unit. If yourBluetooth audio device corresponds onlyto A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannotoperate it using the control panel of thevehicle's audio system. In this case, theBluetooth audio device can be operatedby controlling the device itself, the sameas when a portable audio system withoutthe Bluetooth communication function isconnected to the AUX terminal.

Function A2DPA2DP·AVRCP

Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.3

Playback No Yes Yes

Pause No Yes Yes

File (Track)up/down

No Yes Yes

Reverse No No Yes

Fast-forward No No Yes

Text display No No Yes

Yes: AvailableNo: Not available

NOTEl The system may not operate normally

depending on the Bluetooth audio device.l To make sure that your Bluetooth audio

device is Ver. 1.0 or 1.3, refer to theOwner's Manual for the Bluetooth audiodevice.

6-126

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (383,1)

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

NOTEl It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth

audio device if it is placed in a locationwhere transmission is compromised, suchas inside a metal container or the trunk.Move the Bluetooth audio device to alocation where transmission is possible.

l The battery consumption of Bluetooth audiodevices is higher while Bluetooth-connected.

l If a non-Bluetooth device is to be used, acommercially-available Bluetooth adapteris required. When playing an audio devicewith a Bluetooth adapter installed,programming of the audio device may notbe possible or audio may not be heard fromthe vehicle speakers if the connection of theadapter and the device is poor. If thishappens, check whether the Bluetoothadapter is properly connected.

qBluetooth Audio Preparation

Bluetooth audio device set-up

Bluetooth audio programming, changes,deletions, and display of programmeddevice information can be performed.

Bluetooth audio device programming

Any Bluetooth audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetoothunit before it can be listened to over thevehicle's speakers.A maximum of seven devices includingBluetooth audio devices and hands-freemobile phones can be programmed to onevehicle.

NOTEl Always perform Bluetooth audio device

programming while the vehicle is stopped.l Programming cannot be performed while

the vehicle is moving. If you attempt toperform programming while the vehicle ismoving, “Pairing prohibited” is displayed.

l A total of seven devices can be programmedto one vehicle. If you require an additionaldevice to be programmed to a vehicle withseven devices already programmed, deleteone of the programmed devices beforeprogramming the latest one.

l If a Bluetooth device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a hands-freemobile phone, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a Bluetooth audio device. Conversely, itdoes not need to be programmed again as ahands-free mobile phone if it has alreadybeen programmed as a Bluetooth audiodevice.

l Look around to be sure other likelyBluetooth audio devices are not in rangewhen you start to program. If in doubt,move your car to another location. Thetransmission range of a Bluetooth audiodevice is about 10 m (32 ft). Therefore, ifthere is another Bluetooth audio devicewithin a 10 m (32 ft) radius of the vehicle,the device may be identified andprogrammed instead.

l Device registration can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-138).

Concerning the operation of a Bluetoothaudio device itself, refer to its instructionmanual.Some Bluetooth audio devices have PINcodes (four digits). Refer to the audiodevice's instruction manual because theprogramming procedure differs dependingon whether it has a PIN code or not.

Interior Comfort


6-127


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (384,1)

Programming a Bluetooth audio devicewhich has a PIN code (four digits)

1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth audio setting menu screen.

2. Press selection button 2 again todisplay the pairing program screen.

3. “Enter Pin:0000” and“Rotate/Press TUNE dial to changecode. Select “OK” when complete.” aredisplayed for input of the PIN code.

4. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe specified number for the Bluetoothaudio device and press the enter button( ) to input the number.

NOTESome devices accept only a particular pairingcode (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, and trythose numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the pairing program screen.

6. Operate the Bluetooth audio device andset it to the program mode while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” isdisplayed.

7. When the pairing programming iscompleted, a “ ” symbol and“Pairing complete” are displayed, andthen the display returns to the normaldisplay.If an error occurs during programpairing, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the pairing programscreen.

NOTESome Bluetooth audio devices need a certainamount of time before the “ ” symbol isdisplayed.

Programming a Bluetooth audio devicewhich does not have a PIN code (fourdigits)


2. Press selection button 2 again todisplay the pairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select“OK”, and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “0000”.”.


6-128

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (385,1)

5. Operate the Bluetooth audio device andset it to the program mode while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “0000”.” isdisplayed.

6. The Bluetooth audio device willrequest input of a PIN code. Input“0000”.

7. When the pairing programming iscompleted, a “ ” symbol and“Pairing complete” are displayed, andthen it returns to the normal display.If an error occurs during programpairing, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the pairing programscreen.

NOTEl If pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”

instead. Refer to the owner's manual ofyour mobile device for the right PIN code.

l Some Bluetooth audio devices need acertain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.

Changing the link to a Bluetooth audiodevice

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth unit links the device lastprogrammed. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off.

NOTEl If a hands-free type mobile phone has been

the most recently programmed device, theBluetooth unit links this device. If youwould like to use a Bluetooth audio typedevice which has been previouslyprogrammed to the Bluetooth unit, the linkmust be changed to this device.

l If the device name cannot be displayed,“...” is added at the end to the part of thetitle which can be displayed.

Changing the link to only a Bluetoothaudio device


2. Press selection button 3 to display thelink change screen and the currentpairing programming device name.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.The “ ” symbol disappears, and thedevice name and“Connection is in progress.” aredisplayed.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the link change screen.

4. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the link changescreen.

Interior Comfort


6-129


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (386,1)

NOTEl Some Bluetooth audio devices need a

certain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If a link change error occurs, check the

programming status of the Bluetooth audiodevice and the location of the device in thevehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-typebox), and then try the link operation again.

Changing the link to a BluetoothHands-Free and Bluetooth audio device



3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.

4. The device name and“Please Select Device” are displayed.

5. Press selection button 3 to select“Audio”. The “ ” symbol disappears,and then “Connection is in progress.”is displayed.


6. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying tochange the link, “Error” is displayed,and then it returns to the link changescreen.

NOTEl Some Bluetooth audio devices need a

certain amount of time before the “ ”

symbol is displayed.l If a link change error occurs, check the

programming status of the Bluetooth audiodevice and the location of the device in thevehicle (not in the trunk or a metal-typebox), and then try the link operation again.

Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audiodevice

NOTEIf the device name and Bluetooth addresscannot be displayed, “...” is added at the endto the part of the title which can be displayed.


2. Press selection button 4 to display thepair link deletion screen and the currentpairing programming device name.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to delete.

4. The link delete confirmation screen isdisplayed, and then“Delete select device?”, the devicename, and the Bluetooth address aredisplayed.

5. Press selection button 1 to delete theselected device.

NOTEPress the return button ( ) to returnto the previous display.

6-130

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (387,1)

6. When the link deletion is completed,“Deleted” is displayed, and then itreturns to the normal display.If an error occurs while trying to deletethe link, “Error” is displayed, and thenit returns to the link deletion screen.

NOTEIf a device is deleted while it is being linked,linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth audio device informationdisplay


2. Press selection button 6 to display thedevice information display screen.If the device information is available,the device name and Bluetooth addressare displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth audio setting menu screen.If the device information is notavailable,“Failed to obtain device information.”is displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth audio setting menu screen.


qHow to Use the Bluetooth AudioSystem

Switching to Bluetooth audio mode

To listen to music or voice audio recordedto a Bluetooth audio device, switch to theBluetooth audio mode to operate theaudio device using the audio systemcontrol panel.Any Bluetooth audio device must beprogrammed to the vehicle's Bluetoothunit before it can be used. (Refer to“Bluetooth audio device programming”)


2. Turn on the Bluetooth audio device'spower.Make sure that the “ ” symbol isdisplayed in the audio unit screen.The symbol is not displayed if anunprogrammed Bluetooth audio deviceis being used or the vehicle's Bluetoothunit has a malfunction.

NOTESome Bluetooth audio devices need a certainamount of time before the “ ” symbol isdisplayed.

3. Press the AUX button ( ) toswitch the Bluetooth audio mode.

4. The audio recorded to the Bluetoothaudio device begins playback.

Interior Comfort


6-131


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (388,1)

NOTEl If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin

playback, press the Play/Pause button( ).

l If the mode is switched from Bluetoothaudio mode to another mode (radio mode),audio playback from the Bluetooth audiodevice stops.

l If a call is received on a hands-free mobilephone during playback from the Bluetoothaudio device, the playback is stopped.Playback from the Bluetooth audio deviceresumes after the call ends.

Playback

Press the AUX button ( ) to switchthe Bluetooth audio mode and startplayback.

NOTEIf the Bluetooth audio device does not beginplayback, press the Play/Pause button ( ).

If the current device is lower thanAVRCP Ver. 1.3:

“Bluetooth-Audio” is displayed.

If the current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3:

“Bluetooth-Audio”, track number, elapsedtime, album name, artist name, and songname are displayed.

NOTEl If the entire title cannot be displayed, “...”

is added at the end to the part of the titlewhich can be displayed.

l If title information is not available,“NO TITLE” is displayed.

l If there are any undisplayable characters inthe title, “- - - - - - - -” is displayed.

Pause

Press the Play/Pause button ( ).Press the button again to resumeplayback.

File (track) search

File (track) up

Press the track up button ( ) or turn thefile dial clockwise.

File (track) down

Press the track down button ( ) or turnthe file dial counterclockwise.

Fast-forward/Reverse (only AVRCPVer. 1.3)

Fast-forward

Press and hold the track up button ( ).

Reverse

Press and hold the track down button( ).

Display scroll

If each title cannot be fully displayed atone time, press the text button ( ) todisplay the rest of the characters.If the last character of the title isdisplayed, press the text button ( )to return the beginning of the title.

6-132

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (389,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippeddevice (Mobile phone) to the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using the talkbutton, pick-up button and hang-up buttonlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an accident. In addition, a mistakein performing the phonebookoperation could result in the loss ofimportant data.

Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone)

A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone) communicates with the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the device (Mobile phone)is placed in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling thedevice (Mobile phone).

CAUTIONThe types of devices (Mobile phone)which can be connected to thehands-free unit are limited.Therefore, before purchasing orchanging your device (Mobile phone)model, consult Mazda BluetoothHands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Devices (Mobile phone) which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile. However, even among theseBluetooth devices (Mobile phone) aresome which will not connect withyour Mazda or will have limitedfunction. Therefore, consult MazdaBluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService for information regardingdevice (Mobile phone) compatibility:Ø U.S.A.



Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 2.0 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

(Type B/Navigation system)l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)Ver. 1.0


Interior Comfort

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition)

6-133íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (390,1)

l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1


NOTEl The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is

operable several seconds after the ignitionis switched to ACC or ON (requires lessthan 15 seconds).

l If the ignition is switched off during ahands-free call, the line is transferred to thedevice (Mobile phone) automatically.

l If the device (Mobile phone) is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Talk buttonl Pick-up buttonl Hang-up buttonl Information display (Type A/Navigation system)

l Microphonel Audio unit/Navigation system

Talk button, Pick-Up button and Hang-Up button

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the talk button,pick-up button and hang-up button on thesteering wheel.

Talk buttonPick-up button

Talk button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

Talk button operations

A short press or a long press of the talkbutton is used to operate the system asfollows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

6-134

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (391,1)

Information display (Type A/Navigation system)

When available, the information displayshows telephone numbers, BluetoothHands-Free messages, and operationstatus.

Bluetooth phone connected

Microphone

The microphone is used for speakingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

Audio unit/Navigation system

The audio unit or navigation system isused for adjusting the volume.

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Speak thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to reduce loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile Bluetooth Hands-Free is beingused. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Speakin the wording specified by the voicecommands.

Interior Comfort


6-135


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (392,1)

NOTEIf the voice recognition performance is notsatisfactory, refer to “Voice RecognitionLearning Function (Speaker Enrollment)”(page 6-159).

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay still make an error despite followingthe above points.

qFunction Restrictions WhileUsing Bluetooth Hands-Free

Some functions are limited whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used. Theyinclude:l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit and navigation systemare not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

l The navigation system's voicerecognition command does notfunction.

qHow to Use This Section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

NOTESay voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth Hands-Free ActivationMethod

Press the pick-up button (with/withoutnavigation system) or talk button with ashort press (without navigation system) ora long press (with navigation system).

NOTEFor vehicles with the navigation system, youcan also press the talk button with a shortpress and say: [Beep] “Telephone” or“Phone”.

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

NOTEFor vehicles with a navigation system, thesystem operates by speaking the voicerecognition command of the navigation systemafter pressing the talk button with a shortpress. For voice recognition details with thenavigation system, refer to the separate“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's Manual”.

Tutorial

The tutorial explains how to useBluetooth Hands-Free.To activate the tutorial, do the following:

1. Press the pick-up button (with/withoutnavigation system) or talk button witha short press (without navigationsystem) or a long press (withnavigation system).

6-136

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (393,1)


2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

qUseful Commands at Anytime,Convenient Operations

Help function use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.

1. Press the talk button with a short press.

2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow the prompts to receive theappropriate voice guidanceinstructions.

Cancel

The Bluetooth Hands-Free systemtransitions to standby status if thefollowing operation is performed whilethe system is activating.Press the hang-up button, or the talkbutton with a long press.

Returning to previous operation (TypeB/Navigation system)

This command is for returning to theprevious operation while in the voicerecognition mode.Say: [Beep] “Go Back”

Voice guidance interrupt operation

Voice guidance can be skipped bypressing the talk button with a short presswhile it is being heard. A new voice inputcommand can then be spoken by the user.

Voice recognition mode cancel

If you want to cancel the voicerecognition mode during a call, the voicerecognition mode can be canceled withouthaving to end the call.Press the talk button with a long press.

Interior Comfort


6-137


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (394,1)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation

Language setting

The available languages are English,Spanish, and Canadian French. If thelanguage setting is changed, all of thevoice guidance and voice inputcommands are done in the selectedlanguage.

NOTEl If the language setting is changed, device

registration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, buteach language has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one languagewill need to be re-entered in the phonebookof the new language.

l Do these steps before you start driving.These less used functions are toodistracting to undertake while driving untilyou are fully familiar with the system.

Method 1



2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. (Type A)Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language or passcode.”(Type B/Navigation system)Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phonebook. French selected.”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2



6-138

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (395,1)

2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.) (Change the desiredlanguage by saying the languagename.)

NOTEOther language settings can also be madewhile in the current setting by saying the nameof the language in the native pronunciation.

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage)?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phonebook. French selected.”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Pairing code setting (Type B/Navigationsystem)

The 4-digit pairing code setting forregistration of your cell phone (pairing)can be set beforehand.

NOTEThe initial setting value is “0000”.




3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,language, passcode, select phone orselect music player.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

5. Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”

6. Say: [Beep] “Set pairing code”

7. Prompt: “Your current pairing code isXXXX. Do you want to change it to adifferent pairing code?”


9. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

10. Say: [Beep] “YYYY”

11. Prompt: “YYYY is this correct?”

12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

13. If “Yes”, go to Step 14. If “No”, theprocedure returns to Step 9.

14. Prompt: “Your new pairing code isYYYY. Use this pairing code whenpairing devices to the Hands freesystem. Do you want to pair a devicenow?”


16. If “Yes”, the system switches to thedevice registration mode. If “No”, thesystem returns to standby status.

Device programming (Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the deviceequipped with Bluetooth has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.

Interior Comfort


6-139


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (396,1)

(Type A)

Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobiletelephones can be programmed to thevehicle.

(Type B/Navigation system)

A maximum of seven devices includinghands-free mobile phones and Bluetoothaudio devices can be programmed to onevehicle.

NOTEl A device can be programmed only when the

vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts tomove, the pairing procedure will end.Programming is dangerous while driving -pair up your device before you startdriving. Park the car in a safe place beforeprogramming.

l (Type B/Navigation system)If a Bluetooth device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a Bluetoothaudio device, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,it does not need to be programmed again asa Bluetooth audio device if it has alreadybeen programmed as a hands-free mobilephone.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth equipped device is about 10meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it maybe detected/programmed unintentionallywhile another device is being programmed.

(Type A)

1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe device.

NOTEFor the operation of the device, refer to itsinstruction manual.

2. Press the pick-up button or talk buttonwith a short press.


4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language or passcode.”


6. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pair, edit, delete, or list.”

7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”

8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Speak anarbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This canbe any combination of 4 numbers.)

NOTEl Some devices accept only a particular

pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).If pairing cannot be completed, refer to theowner's manual of your mobile device, andtry those numbers if necessary.

l Record the code as it will be used toprogram your device in Step 16.

10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4-digit number). Is this correct?”


12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.If “No”, the procedure returns to Step8.

13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure onthe device. See the device manual forinstructions.”

14. Using the device, perform a searchfor the Bluetooth device (Peripheraldevice).

6-140

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (397,1)


15. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the device.

16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set inStep 9 to the device.

17. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice after the beep.”

18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“device tag”, an arbitrary name forthe device.)Example: “Stan's device.”

NOTESpeak a programmed “device tag” within 10seconds.If more than two devices are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “device tag”.

19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - -(Ex. “Stan's device”) (Device tag). Isthis correct?”


21. Prompt: “Pairing complete”


1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe device.








7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”

8. Prompt: “Start the pairing process onyour Bluetooth device. Your pairingcode is 0000 (XXXX). Input this codeon your Bluetooth device whenprompted on the device. See devicemanual for instructions.”

9. Using the device, perform a search forthe Bluetooth device (Peripheraldevice).


10. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the device.

11. Input the 4-digit pairing code to thedevice.

12. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice after the beep.”

13. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Speak a“device tag”, an arbitrary name forthe device.)Example: “Stan's device.”

Interior Comfort


6-141


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (398,1)

NOTESpeak a programmed “device tag” within 10seconds.If more than two devices are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “device tag”.

14. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex.“Stan's device”) (Device tag). Is thiscorrect?”


16. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a device is registered, the systemautomatically identifies the device. Byactivating Bluetooth Hands-Free again, orby activating Bluetooth Hands-Free firstafter switching the ignition from OFF toACC, the system reads out a voiceguidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan'sdevice”) (Device tag) is connected”.

NOTEl (Type B/Navigation system)

Device registration can also be done byoperating the audio unit or panel buttonson the navigation unit. Refer to “BluetoothAudio Preparation” (page 6-127) (Foraudio unit) or the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner's Manual”(For navigation unit).

l Depending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entireprocess from Step 1.

qMaking a Call Using a TelephoneNumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.

(Type A)


2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedureproceeds to Step 8.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.

8. Prompt: “Dialing”




6-142

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (399,1)



4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.(Telephone number) After the beep,continue to add numbers, or say Go-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto execute dialing.”

6. (Dialing)Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,then go to Step 7.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 5.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go back toStep 3.


NOTEThe “Dial” command and a telephone numbercan be combined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qReceiving an Incoming Call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thepickup button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the pick-upbutton.To reject the call, press the hang-upbutton.

Pick-up button

Hang-up button

Pick-up button

qHanging Up a Call

Press the hang-up button during the call.A beep sound will confirm that call isended.

qVolume Adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitor the navigation system is used to adjustthe volume. Turn the dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio unit Navigation system

Interior Comfort


6-143


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (400,1)

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit and the

navigation system cannot be adjusted whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhonebook Usage

Phonebook registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook.

NOTEDo this function only when parked. It is toodistracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.

(Type A)


2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:New entry, edit, list names, delete,erase all or import contact.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orOther?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?”

6-144

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (401,1)


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phonenumber to be registered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Phone numberregistration). Is this correct? ”


17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”


19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 20.

20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”






4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”



7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”



10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”(Say the phone number to beregistered.)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX(Phone number registration). After thebeep, continue to add numbers, or sayGo-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto save the number.”

16. (Registration)Press the pick-up button or say“Enter”, then go to Step 17.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 15.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go backto Step 13.

Interior Comfort


6-145


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (402,1)

17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”


19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the system returns to standbystatus.

Import contact

Phonebook data from your device (Mobilephone) can be sent and registered to yourBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook usingBluetooth.





4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”

5. (Type A)Prompt: “Ready to receive a contactfrom the phone. Only a home, a work,and a mobile number can be imported.”(Type B/Navigation system)Prompt: “The hands free System isready to receive a contact from aphone. Only a home, a work, and amobile number can be imported. Thisprocess requires operation of a mobilephone. Refer to the phone's manual formore information.”

6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:Select one entry from the phonebookand send it using Bluetooth.

7. Prompt: “X (Number of locationswhich include data) numbers have beenimported. What name would you liketo use for these numbers?”


9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is thiscorrect?”


11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to import another contact?”


13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds toStep 5.If “No”, the system returns to standbystatus.

Making calls using the phonebook

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth Hands-Free in advance.

6-146

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (403,1)

For the phonebook setting method, referto (page 6-150).



2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



NOTEThe “Call” command and the voice tag can becombined.Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”, then,Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.

qRedialing Function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.



2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency Calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911) using the voice inputcommand.



2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

3. - USA/Canada vehicles - Prompt:“Dialing “911”, is this correct?”



Interior Comfort


6-147


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (404,1)

qRefusing an Incoming Call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page6-143).

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a Call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa device (Mobile phone)

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a device (Mobile phone) iscanceled, and the line can be switched to astandard call using a device (Mobilephone).


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a device(Mobile phone) to Hands-Free

Communication between devices (Mobilephone) can be switched to BluetoothHands-Free.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

qMulti-Call Functions

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the hang-

up button.l After receiving a new incoming call, the

previous call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.

Method 1

1. Press the pick-up button.

2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”

Method 2


2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”

3. Prompt: “Swapping calls”

6-148

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (405,1)

Three-way call function


2. Say: [Beep] “Join calls”

3. Prompt: “Joining calls”

Making a call using a telephonenumber

(Type A)




4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”


7. When “Yes” is spoken, the procedureproceeds to Step 8.When “No” is spoken, the procedurereturns to Step 3.






4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.(Telephone number) After the beep,continue to add numbers, or say Go-Back to re-enter the last enterednumbers, or press the Pick-Up buttonto execute dialing.”

6. (Dialing)Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,then go to Step 7.(Adding/inputting telephonenumber)Say, “XXXX” (desired telephonenumber), then go to Step 5.(Telephone number correction)Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,“Go Back. The last entered numbershave been removed.”. Then go back toStep 3.




2. Say: [Beep] “Call”


4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phonebook.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphonebook).



Redialing function


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”

Interior Comfort


6-149


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (406,1)


Ending the current call

Press the hang-up button during the call.

qPhonebook Settings

Editing phonebook

The data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be edited.






4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephonebook.)


8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Other”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-5678”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-5678”) (The new phone numberto be registered). Is this correct?”


15. Prompt: “Number changed, returningto main menu.”

Phonebook data deletion

Erasing individual phonebook data

Individual data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be cleared.


6-150

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (407,1)





4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete or say,“List names”.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phonebook.)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted.”

Complete deletion of the phonebookdata

All data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook can be erased.






4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phonebook. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phonebook.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free systemphonebook erased.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read out the listof names registered to its phonebook.


Interior Comfort


6-151


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (408,1)




4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phonebook.)

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired name,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonebookdata when the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registeredphonebook data when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphonebook data in read-out when thetalk button is short-pressed.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”

qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

6-152

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (409,1)

Hands-Free Setting

qDevice

Device registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,refer to “Bluetooth Hands-FreePreparation” (page 6-138).

Registered device read-out

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out thedevices registered to its system.







5. (Type A)Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pair, edit, delete, or list.”(Type B/Navigation system)Prompt: “Available options are: Pair,Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing Code.”

6. Say: [Beep] “List”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,device C)” (The voice guidance readsout the device tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Press the talk button with a short pressduring the read-out at the desired device,and then say one of the following voicecommands to execute it.l “Select phone”: Selects device (Mobilephone) when the talk button is short-pressed.

l (Type B/Navigation system)“Select music player”: Selects device(Music player) when the talk button isshort-pressed.

l “Edit”: Edits device when the talkbutton is short-pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the list read-out.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered devicewhen the talk button is short-pressed.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousdevice in read-out when the talk buttonis short-pressed.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”

Interior Comfort


6-153


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (410,1)

Device selection

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth unit links the device lastconnected. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off.(Type A)

Hands-free phone




4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...)”

6. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number forthe mobile phone to be connected.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Registered device tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device B...)(Device tag) selected, returning to mainmenu.”


Hands-free phone





4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to select.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. DeviceB)”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).Is this correct?”



10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)selected.”

Music player



6-154

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (411,1)



4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to select.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. DeviceB)”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).Is this correct?”



10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)selected.”

NOTE(Type B)Device (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-127).

Registered device (Mobile phone)deletion

Registered devices (Mobile phone) can bedeleted individually or collectively.


(Type A)






NOTEA registered device (Mobile phone) can bedeleted using the registration list.


7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...)” (The device tag of theregistered device is read out by theHFP.).

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be deleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).

9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.device B...) (Registered device tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”



Interior Comfort


6-155


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (412,1)






NOTEA registered device (Mobile phone) can bedeleted using the registration list.


7. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to delete.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C), or all.Which device please?”

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be deleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all devices (Mobile phone).

9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.device B...) (Registered device tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

Registered device editing

(Type A)







7. Prompt: “Please say 1 for XXXXX...(Ex. device A), 2 for XXXXX... (Ex.device B...), which device please?”(The device tag of the registered deviceis read out by the HFP.)

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be edited.)

9. Prompt: “New name please?”

10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. deviceC)” (Speak a “device tag”, anarbitrary name for the device.)

11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)(Device tag), is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “New name saved, returningto main menu.”



6-156

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (413,1)







7. Prompt: “Please say the name of thedevice you would like to edit.Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Whichdevice please?”

8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number ofthe device to be edited.)

9. Prompt: “New name please?”

10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. deviceC)” (Speak a “device tag”, anarbitrary name for the device.)

11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)(Device tag), is this correct?”


13. Prompt: “New name saved.”

qSecurity Setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.


Passcode setting





4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digitpasscode. Remember this passcode. Itwill be required to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

Interior Comfort


6-157


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (414,1)

9. Prompt: “Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled.”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with apasscode



2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system islocked. State the passcode tocontinue.”

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sdevice) (Device tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode






4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled.”

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is thiscorrect?”)

6-158

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (415,1)

When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.





4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts areoff/on.”

qVoice Recognition LearningFunction (Speaker Enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quiet a placeas possible (page 6-135).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.

When voice recognition learning isdone for the first time



2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

Interior Comfort


6-159


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (416,1)

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

Voice recognition re-learning

If voice recognition learning has alreadybeen done.




3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disabled. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”

5. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the talkbutton when you are ready to begin.Press the hangup button to cancel atany time.”


7. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete.”

NOTEIf an error occurred in the voice recognitionlearning, re-learning can be done by pressingthe talk button with a short press.

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

6-160

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (417,1)

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.“ (888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight, eight,eight, five, five, five, one, two, one, two.”

Phrase Command

1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEl The applicable phrase appears in the

display.l After user voice registration is completed,

voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete” is announced.

Voice recognition learning on/off




3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/disabled. Would you like to disable/enable or retrain?”

4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”

5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned off.When “Enable” is spoken, the voicerecognition learning is turned on.

6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment isdisabled/enabled.”

Interior Comfort


6-161


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (418,1)

When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be Used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The device is outside of thecommunication area.

l The device has a malfunction.l The device is not connected to thehands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The device's battery is weak.l The device is turned off.l The device is placed where radioreception is difficult.

l The ignition is switched off.

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279B-MBLUEC09This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.


The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

6-162

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (419,1)

Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service

l U.S.A.Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

l CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.mazdahandsfree.ca

Interior Comfort


6-163


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (420,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

Selection button 1

Selection button 2

Selection button 3

Selection button 4

Selection button 5

Selection button 6

Selection button 7

Return button

Phone button

Manual tuning dial/Enter buttonPower/Volume dial

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippeddevice (Mobile phone) to the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using theaudio unit, and the pick-up and hang-upbuttons located on the steering wheel.

WARNINGPerform phonebook registration relatedoperations while the vehicle is parked:

Performing phonebook registrationwhile driving the vehicle could be adistraction to your driving and resultin an accident. In addition, a mistakein performing the phonebookoperation could result in the loss ofimportant data.

Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone)

A Bluetooth equipped device (Mobilephone) communicates with the hands-freeunit equipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the device (Mobile phone)is placed in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout taking out and handling thedevice (Mobile phone).

6-164

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Bluetooth Hands-Free (Panel Operation)


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (421,1)

CAUTIONThe types of devices (Mobile phone)which can be connected to thehands-free unit are limited.Therefore, before purchasing orchanging your device (Mobile phone)model, consult Mazda BluetoothHands-Free Customer Service or visitwww.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth for acomplete list of compatible phones.Devices (Mobile phone) which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile. However, even among theseBluetooth devices (Mobile phone) aresome which will not connect withyour Mazda or will have limitedfunction. Therefore, consult MazdaBluetooth Hands-Free CustomerService for information regardingdevice (Mobile phone) compatibility:Ø U.S.A.



Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 2.0 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.5l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver. 1.1

l PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)Ver. 1.0


l OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1


NOTEl The Bluetooth Hands-Free system is

operable several seconds after the ignitionis switched to ACC or ON (requires lessthan 15 seconds).

l If the ignition is switched off during ahands-free call, the line is transferred to thedevice (Mobile phone) automatically.

l If the device (Mobile phone) is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the device (Mobile phone).

qComponent Parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing items:l Audio unitl Pick-up buttonl Hang-up button

Audio unit

The audio unit can be used for BluetoothHands-Free activation, making calls,hanging up, device programming, deviceselection, device deletion, deviceinformation display, import contact, andvolume adjustment.

Interior Comfort


6-165


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (422,1)

Pick-up button and Hang-up button

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used for such things as makingcalls or hanging up using the pick-upbutton and hang-up button on the steeringwheel.

qHow to Use This Section

Bluetooth Hands-Free activationmethod

Press the phone button ( ).

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to“Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation”or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free Preparation

Device programming (Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the deviceequipped with Bluetooth has to beprogrammed to the hands-free unit usingthe following procedure.A maximum of seven devices includinghands-free mobile phones and Bluetoothaudio devices can be programmed to onevehicle.

6-166

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (423,1)

NOTEl A device can be programmed only when the

vehicle is parked. If the vehicle starts tomove, the pairing procedure will end.Programming is dangerous while driving -pair up your device before you startdriving. Park the car in a safe place beforeprogramming.

l A total of seven devices can be programmedto one vehicle. If you require an additionaldevice to be programmed to a vehicle withseven devices already programmed, deleteone of the programmed devices beforeprogramming the latest one.

l If a Bluetooth device has already beenprogrammed to the vehicle as a Bluetoothaudio device, it does not need to beprogrammed again when using the deviceas a hands-free mobile phone. Conversely,it does not need to be programmed again asa Bluetooth audio device if it has alreadybeen programmed as a hands-free mobilephone.

l Since the communication range of aBluetooth equipped device is about 10meters (32 ft), if a device is placed within a10-meter (32 ft) radius of the vehicle, it maybe detected/programmed unintentionallywhile another device is being programmed.

l Device registration can also be done byoperating the audio unit. Refer to“Bluetooth Audio Preparation” (page6-127).

l Device registration can also be done usingvoice recognition (page 6-138).

l Depending on the device, the registrationstatus may be lost after a certain period oftime. If this occurs, repeat the entireprocess from Step 1.

Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Freedevice which has a PIN code (fourdigits)

1. Press selection button 6 to display theBluetooth Hands-Free setting menuscreen.

2. Press selection button 2 to display thepairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial to selectthe specified number for the BluetoothHands-Free device and press the enterbutton ( ) to input the number.

NOTEl Some devices accept only a particular

pairing code (Usually, “0000” or “1234”).l If pairing cannot be completed, refer to the

owner's manual of your mobile device, andtry those numbers if necessary.

5. After inputting the four digits, turn themanual tuning dial and select “OK”,and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “xxxx”.”.


Interior Comfort


6-167


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (424,1)

6. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Freedevice while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “xxxx”.” isdisplayed and set it to the programmode.


Programming a Bluetooth Hands-Freedevice which does not have a PIN code(four digits)


2. Press selection button 2 to display thepairing program screen.


4. Turn the manual tuning dial and select“OK”, and then press the enter button( ) to set the four digits anddisplay“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “0000”.”.


5. Operate the Bluetooth Hands-Freedevice while“Pairing is in progress. Please startpairing procedure on your Bluetoothdevice. Use the PIN “0000”.” isdisplayed and set it to the programmode.

6. The Bluetooth Hands-Free device willrequest input of a PIN code. Input“0000”.


NOTEIf pairing cannot be completed, try “1234”instead. Refer to the owner's manual of yourmobile device for the right PIN code.

qMaking a Call Using a TelephoneNumber

NOTEPractice this while parked until you areconfident you can do it while driving in a non-taxing road situation. If you are not completelycomfortable, make all calls from a safeparking position, and move out only when fullyunder control and you can devote your eyesand mind to driving.

6-168

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (425,1)

1. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber and then press the enter button( ) to input the number.

2. After inputting the telephone number,press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

qReceiving an Incoming Call

Receiving an incoming call

Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch.

Refusing an incoming call

Press selection button 5 or the hang-upbutton of the audio control switch.

qHanging Up a Call

Press selection button 5 or the hang-upbutton of the audio control switch duringa call.

qVolume Adjustment

The power/volume dial of the audio unitis used to adjust the volume.

Increasing volume

Turn the power/volume dial clockwise.

Decreasing volume

Turn the power/volume dialcounterclockwise.

NOTEl The volume can be adjusted using the

volume switch of the audio control switch.l The music volume of the audio unit cannot

be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands-Free isbeing used.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhonebook Usage


Import contact

Phonebook data from your device (Mobilephone) can be sent and registered to yourBluetooth Hands-Free phonebook usingBluetooth.

NOTEWhen the import begins, the previousphonebook data is deleted. The previousphonebook data remains deleted even if theoperation is canceled during the import.

1. Press selection button 7 to display theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebookimport screen.“It takes time to import.” is displayed.

2. Press selection button 1 and select“Start” to start import.“Importing” is displayed.

NOTEIf you want to cancel the import, pressselection button 2 and select “Cancel”. Thephonebook data being imported is deleted.

3. When import is completed, theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebookscreen is displayed.

Phonebook data deletion

1. Press selection button 7 to display theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebookimport screen.“It takes time to import.” is displayed.

Interior Comfort


6-169


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (426,1)

2. Press selection button 1 and select“Start” to start import. “Importing” isdisplayed.

3. Before the import is completed, pressselection button 2 and select “Cancel”.The phonebook data is deleted, and thescreen returns to the normal displayafter “Importing has been cancelled.” isdisplayed.


1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebookscreen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select alist and then press the enter button( ) to display the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook screencontaining the detailed informationrecorded.

NOTEPress each selection button to display thealphabetical sequence for the selection buttonselected.l Each time the selection button is pressed a

letter is displayed in alphabetical order.(Ex. selection button 1: A→ B→ C → A)

l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, thedisplay shows the last four letters of thealphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, or 4 tomake a call.

Voice tag addition

1. Press selection button 2 to display theBluetooth Hands-Free phonebookscreen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select alist and then press the enter button( ) to display the BluetoothHands-Free phonebook screencontaining the detailed informationrecorded.

NOTEPress each selection button to display thealphabetical sequence for the selection buttonselected.l Each time the selection button is pressed a

letter is displayed in alphabetical order.(Ex. selection button 1: A→ B→ C → A)

l Each time selection button 8 is pressed, thedisplay shows the last four letters of thealphabet (W, X, Y, Z), followed by symbols,and then numerals.

3. Press selection button 5 to display“Voice Tag will be recorded inphonebook. After completion, thisVoice Tag will be available with “Call”command.”.

NOTEl Descriptions in the text are as follows:

l Say: Voice commands to be spoken byyou.

l Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.

l Say voice commands after the beep sound[Beep] is heard.

4. Prompt:“Adding a voice tag allows you toaccess a contact using the CALLcommand. After the beep, say the nameyou would like to use for this contact.”

NOTEIf you want to cancel a voice tag registration,press selection button 1.

6-170

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (427,1)

5. Say: [Beep] XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”)” (Say a voice tag forthe name registered.)

6. Prompt:“Adding XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag). Is thiscorrect?”


8. When a voice tag registration iscompleted, the display returns to theHands-Free phonebook screen.

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


qTransferring a Call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa device (Mobile phone)


qOutgoing Call Records

A maximum of six outgoing call recordsare displayed.Making phone calls using the outgoingcall record or deleting one or all outgoingcall records is possible.

Making a call using the outgoing callrecord

1. Press selection button 3 to display theoutgoing call record screen.

2. Press the desired selection button of theoutgoing call record.The content of the outgoing call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

Deleting one outgoing call record


2. Press the desired selection button of theoutgoing call record.The content of the outgoing call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 2 to display“Delete recent outgoing call?”.

4. Press selection button 1 to delete theoutgoing call record.


Deleting all the outgoing call records


2. Press selection button 5 to display“Delete all recent outgoing calls?”.

3. Press selection button 1 to delete alloutgoing call records.


qIncoming Call Records

A maximum of six incoming call recordsare displayed.Making phone calls using the incomingcall record or deleting one or all incomingcall records is possible.

Interior Comfort


6-171


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (428,1)

Making a call using the incoming callrecord

1. Press selection button 4 to display theincoming call record screen.

2. Press the desired selection button of theincoming call record.The content of the incoming call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 1 or the pick-upbutton of the audio control switch tomake a call.

Deleting one incoming call record


2. Press the desired selection button of theincoming call record.The content of the incoming call recordis displayed.

3. Press selection button 2 to display“Delete recent incoming call?”.

4. Press selection button 1 to delete theincoming call record.


Deleting all the incoming call records


2. Press selection button 5 to display“Delete all recent incoming calls?”.

3. Press selection button 1 to delete all theincoming call records.


qDTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the audio control panel'smanual tuning dial.The receiver of a DTMF transmission isgenerally a home telephone answeringmachine or a company's automatedguidance call center.

1. Press selection button 4 afterconnecting to a home device or serviceto display the tone transmission screen.

2. Turn the manual tuning dial to select anumber or symbol and then press theenter button ( ) to transmit thecode.

NOTEIf the DTMF code has two or more digits orsymbols, each one must be transmittedindividually.

6-172

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (429,1)

Hands-Free Setting

qDevice

Device registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped device to Bluetooth Hands-Free,refer to“Bluetooth Hands-Free Preparation”(page 6-166).

Device selection

If several devices have been programmed,the Bluetooth unit links the device lastprogrammed. If you would like to link adifferent programmed device, it isnecessary to change the link. The order ofdevice priority after the link has beenchanged is maintained even when theignition is switched off.

NOTEIf the device name cannot be displayed, “...” isadded at the end to the part of the title whichcan be displayed.

Changing the link to only a BluetoothHands-Free device



3. Press selection button 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or7 to select the name of the device youwould like to change.The “ ” symbol disappears, and thedevice name and“Connection is in progress.” aredisplayed.


4. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying to link adevice, “Error” is displayed and thedisplay returns to the link changescreen.

NOTEIf a link error occurs, check the programmingstatus of the Bluetooth Hands-Free device andthe location of the device in the vehicle (not inthe trunk or a metal-type box), and then try thelink operation again.

Changing the link to a BluetoothHands-Free and Bluetooth audio device


2. Press selection button 3 to display thelink change screen and the presentpairing programming device name.


4. The device name and“Please Select Device” are displayed.

5. Press selection button 2 to select“Phone”. The “ ” symbol disappears,and then “Connection is in progress.”is displayed.


Interior Comfort


6-173


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (430,1)

6. When the link change is completed, a“ ” symbol and “Link Changed” aredisplayed, and then it returns to thenormal display.If an error occurs while trying tochange the link, “Error” is displayed,and then it returns to the link changescreen.

NOTEl If a link error occurs, check the

programming status of the BluetoothHands-Free device and the location of thedevice in the vehicle (not in the trunk or ametal-type box), and then try the linkoperation again.

l Device (Music player) selection can also bedone by operating the panel button (page6-127).

Registered device (Mobile phone)deletion

An individually registered device can becleared.

NOTEl Do this function only when parked. It is too

distracting to attempt while driving and youmay make too many errors to be effective.

l If the device name and Bluetooth addresscannot be displayed, “...” is added at theend to the part of the title which can bedisplayed.


2. Press selection button 4 to display thepair link deletion screen and the currentpairing programming device name.


4. The link delete confirmation screen isdisplayed, and then“Delete select device?”, the devicename, and the Bluetooth address aredisplayed.

5. Press selection button 1 to delete theselected device.


6. When the link deletion is completed,“Deleted” is displayed, and then itreturns to the normal display.If an error occurs while trying to deletethe link, “Error” is displayed, and thenit returns to the link deletion screen.

NOTEIf a device is deleted while it is being linked,linking to other devices will not be possible.

Bluetooth Hands-Free deviceinformation display


2. Press selection button 6 to display thedevice information display screen.If the device information is available,the device name and Bluetooth addressare displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth Hands-Free setting menuscreen.If the device information is notavailable,“Failed to obtain device information.”is displayed, and then it returns to theBluetooth Hands-Free setting menuscreen.

6-174

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (431,1)


When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannot be Used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The device is outside of thecommunication area.

l The device has a malfunction.l The device is not connected to thehands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The device's battery is weak.l The device is turned off.l The device is placed where radioreception is difficult.

l The ignition is switched off.

Interior Comfort


6-175


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (432,1)

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC09 IC:279B-MBLUEC09This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.


The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

Mazda Bluetooth Hands-Free Customer Service

l U.S.A.Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.MazdaUSA.com/bluetooth

l CanadaPhone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)www.mazdahandsfree.ca

6-176

Interior Comfort



Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (433,1)

Rear View Monitorí

The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that providesimages from the rear of the vehicle.

WARNINGThe rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle. Theimages on the screen may be different from the actual conditions. Always drivecarefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by lookingdirectly with your eyes. Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may causean accident or a collision with an object.

CAUTIONØ Do not use the rear view monitor if the trunk is not fully closed. Using the rear

view monitor under such a condition is dangerous and could result in injury orvehicle damage or both.

Ø When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen andmay be dimmer than usual, which could cause difficulty in confirming thesurrounding conditions of the vehicle. Always drive carefully confirming the safetyof the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes.

Ø Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle maydeviate.

Ø Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.Ø The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic

solvents, wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled onthe cover, wipe off with a soft cloth immediately.

Ø Do not rub the cover excessively, or polish it using an abrasive compound or ahard brush. The cover may be damaged affecting the image.

NOTEl If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it cannot be

wiped off, use a mild detergent.l If the camera temperature changes rapidly, such as by pouring hot water on it under cold

temperature conditions, the rear view monitor may not operate correctly.l If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the rear view

parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

l (With navigation system)The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activatedimmediately after the vehicle battery has been connected. If this occurs, activate the rear-viewmonitor camera again soon after the navigation system.

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-177íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (434,1)

qRear View Parking Camera Location

Rear View Parking Camera

qSwitching to the Rear View Monitor Display

Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched to ACC or ON to switch the display tothe rear view monitor display.

NOTEWhen the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returns to the previousdisplay.

6-178

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (435,1)

qDisplayable Range on the Screen

The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.

(Screen display)Garnish

Bumper

(Actual view)

Object

NOTEl The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.l The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be

displayed.l The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the

rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.l Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not install any

optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating parts or parts made ofreflective material.

l It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not indicate amalfunction.l In darkened areas.l When the temperature around the lens is high/low.l When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.l When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.l When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.

l If the camera picks up high-intensity light such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body, a brightbelt (light line) may appear on the display. (Smear phenomenon)

l Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-179


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (436,1)

qRear View Monitor Operation

The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on thetraffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also variesdepending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyesand steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.

NOTEImages displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images (mirrorimages).

1. Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display.

2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.

(Screen display) (Actual view)

3. When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position, the screen returnsto the previous display.

NOTEBecause there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated below, and theactual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and thesurrounding area directly with your eyes.

6-180

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (437,1)

qVariance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image

Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance indistance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that maycause a variance in distance perspective.

When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load

When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther thanthe actual distance.

Variance

Object

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor

6-181


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (438,1)

When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle

When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on thescreen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.

Appears farther than actual distance

Appears closer than actual distance

Object at actual position

Object at actual positionObject on screen

A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.

Object on screen

qImage Quality Adjustment

Image quality adjustment can be donewhile the shift lever is in reverse (R) andthe rear view monitor is displayed. Fordetailed information, refer to the audiosection or the screen adjustment relatedinformation in the“NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner'sManual”.While the shift lever is in reverse (R),always check the vehicle's surroundingsadequately before performing the imagequality adjustment.

6-182

Interior Comfort

Rear View Monitor


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (439,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qSide Extension Sunvisors

The visor extender extends the sunvisor'srange of sun shading.To use, pull it out.

CAUTIONWhen moving the sunvisor, retractthe visor extender to its originalposition. Otherwise, the visorextender could hit the rearviewmirror.

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.The vanity mirror light will illuminatewhen you open the cover.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-183


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (440,1)

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position)and the courtesylights turn on for:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignition isswitched off (with the ignition keyremoved).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.(With Advanced key)About 5 seconds after all doors areclosed when the advanced key isoutside of the vehicle.

l About 15 seconds after the ignition isswitched off (with the ignition keyremoved) with all doors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition is switched ON and alldoors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEBattery saverIf any door is left opened, the light turns offafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignition isswitched ON, or when any door is opened afterall doors have been closed.

qOverhead Lights

When the center/rear overhead lightswitch is in the DOOR position, thecenter/rear overhead light can be turnedon or off using the front overhead lightswitch.

Front

SwitchPosition

Overhead Lights

l Light offl All overhead lights are off when

the center/rear overhead lightswitch is in the DOOR position

l Light is on when any door is openl Light is on or off when the

illuminated entry system is onl Light onl All overhead lights are on when

the center/rear overhead lightswitch is in the DOOR position

6-184

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (441,1)

Center/Rear

SwitchPosition

Overhead Lights

Light off

Light on or off in accordance with theoperation of front overhead lightswitch

Light on

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

qLuggage Compartment Light

SwitchPosition

Luggage Compartment Light

Light off

Light on when the liftgate is open

qCourtesy Lights

Turns on when any door is open or theilluminated entry system is on.

Courtesy Light

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-185


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (442,1)

Information Display

With navigation systemType B Type A

Without navigation system

Hands-free display

Climate control display (Front passenger)/ Ambient temperature display

Climate control display (Driver)

Audio displayClock/Trip computer

Clock Trip computerWithout navigation system (Type B)

With navigation systemWithout navigation system (Type A)

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockí

l Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display)l Climate Control Displayl Audio Displayí

l Trip Computerl Bluetooth Hands-Free Displayí Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Free (Voice Recognition) onpage 6-133.

6-186

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (443,1)

qClock

NOTEWithout navigation system (Type A)When the trip computer is displayed, press theCLOCK button to change the display to thetime.With navigation system, Without navigationsystem (Type B)When the trip computer is displayed, press theINFO button consecutively until the time isdisplayed.

When the ignition is switched to ACC orON, the time is displayed.

Without navigation system

Time setting (Type A)

1. Press the CLOCK button until the beepsounds and the displayed time flashes.

2. Press the H button to set the hour.

3. Press the M button to set the minutes,then press the CLOCK button.

Time setting (Type B)


2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ). The hours advancewhile the time setting button ( ) ispressed. The minutes advance whilethe time setting button ( ) is pressed.

With navigation system

Refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

NOTEMinutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS,however, it is necessary to adjust hours underthe following conditions:l Driving across different time zonesl Daylight saving time start and end

qAmbient Temperature Display

When the ignition is switched ON, pressthe OUTSIDE switch (page 6-6) todisplay the ambient temperature.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-187


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (444,1)

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the ambient

temperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l Press the OUTSIDE switch for a fewseconds or more to switch the display fromFahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa.

l Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switchthe display from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

qClimate Control Display

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Displayí

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-17).

qTrip Computer

The trip computer can display thefollowing:l The current fuel economy.l The average fuel economy.l The approximate distance you cantravel on the available fuel.

l The average vehicle speed.Switch the ignition ON.Press the INFO switch to change thedisplay mode.

NOTEWhen the time is being displayed, press theINFO switch to change the display to the tripcomputer.

If you have any problems with your tripcomputer, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Current fuel economy mode

This mode displays the current fueleconomy by calculating the amount offuel consumption and the distancetraveled.

Current fuel economy will be calculatedand displayed every 2 seconds.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMCUR will be displayed.U.S.A.

6-188

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (445,1)

CANADA

When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3mph), - - - L/100 km (- - -mpg) will bedisplayed.

Average fuel economy mode

This mode displays the average fueleconomy by calculating the total fuelconsumption and the total traveleddistance since purchasing the vehicle, re-connecting the battery after disconnection,or resetting the data. The average fueleconomy is calculated and displayedevery minute.

When this mode is selected, CONSUMAV will be displayed.U.S.A.

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1.5second.After pressing the INFO switch, - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the fuel economy isrecalculated and displayed.

Distance-to-empty mode

This mode displays the approximatedistance you can travel on the remainingfuel based on the fuel economy.

The distance-to-empty will be calculatedand displayed every second.

When this mode is selected, REMNG willbe displayed.U.S.A.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-189


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (446,1)

CANADA

NOTEl Even though the distance-to-empty display

may indicate a sufficient amount ofremaining mileage before refueling isrequired, refuel as soon as possible if thefuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuelwarning light illuminates.

l The display won't change unless you addmore than approximately 20 L (5.3 US gal,4.5 Imp gal) of fuel.

Average vehicle speed mode

This mode displays the average vehiclespeed by calculating the distance and thetime traveled since connecting the batteryor resetting the data.Average vehicle speed will be calculatedand displayed every 10 seconds.

When this mode is selected, AV will bedisplayed.

U.S.A.

CANADA

To clear the data being displayed, pressthe INFO switch for more than 1.5second. After pressing the INFO switch, -- - km/h (- - - mile/h) will be displayed forabout 1 minute before the vehicle speed isrecalculated and displayed.

6-190

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (447,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups ordrink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepcup holders closed when not in use.

qFront

To use the cup holder, push the releasebutton.

To fit small items in the cup holder,remove the flexible divider.

Flexible divider

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-191


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (448,1)

qRear

Second-row seat

Cup holders are located in the armrest.

Third-row seat

Cup holders are located in the third-rowseat side trims.Right-side

Left-sideí

6-192

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (449,1)

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thedoors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qOverhead Console

This console box is designed to storeaccessories.Push and release to open.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-193


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (450,1)

qCoin Box

To open, press the release catch down andpull the lid downward.

qGlove Compartment

To open the glove compartment, pull thelatch toward you.Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Lock

Unlock

To close the glove compartment, firmlypress in the center of the glovecompartment lid.

qCenter Console

To open, push the button.

qArmrest Boxí

To open, pull the release catch.

qCargo Securing Loops

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo aresecured before driving:


6-194

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (451,1)

Use the loops in the luggage compartmentto secure cargo with a rope or net. Thetensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive forceto the loops as it will damage them.

qCargo Sub-Compartment

Center cargo sub-compartment

1. Lift the trunk board.

2. Secure the trunk board using the strapson the third-row seatbacks.

Side cargo sub-compartment

Open the cover.

Some models.

qShopping Bag Hook

The shopping bag hook can be used forhanging shopping bags.

CAUTIONDo not hang excessive weight on theshopping bag hook as it could bedamaged.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-195


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (452,1)

Shopping bag hook (tensile strength:3 kg (6.6 lb))

qRear Coat Hooks

WARNINGNever hang heavy or sharp objects onthe assist grips and coat hooks:

Hanging heavy or sharp-endedobjects such as a coat hanger fromthe assist grips or coat hooks isdangerous as they can fly off and hitan occupant in the cabin if a curtainair bag was to deploy, which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Always hang clothes on the coat hooksand the assist grips without hangers.

Coat hook

qLuggage Compartment

Golf bags can be carried in the luggagecompartment.To carry two golf bags, use the followingprocedure:

1. Put one golf bag in the luggagecompartment with its top pointing tothe left.

2. Put the other golf bag on top of the firstbag with its top pointing to the right.

NOTEl Some golf bags cannot fit depending on

their size.l Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can

be carried.

6-196

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (453,1)

Accessory SocketsOnly use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

Front

The ignition must be switched to ACC orON.

Center/Rear

The accessory sockets can be usedregardless of whether the ignition is on oroff.Center

Rear

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-197


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (454,1)

CAUTIONØ To prevent accessory socket

damage or electrical failure, payattention to the following:Ø Do not use accessories that

require more than 120 W (DC 12V, 10 A).

Ø Do not use accessories that arenot genuine Mazda accessoriesor the equivalent.

Ø Close the cover when theaccessory socket is not in use toprevent foreign objects andliquids from getting into theaccessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug intothe accessory socket.

Ø Noise may occur on the audioplayback depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket.

Ø Depending on the deviceconnected to the accessory socket,the vehicle's electrical system maybe affected, which could cause thewarning light to illuminate.Disconnect the connected deviceand make sure that the problem isresolved. If the problem isresolved, disconnect the devicefrom the socket and switch theignition off. If the problem is notresolved, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Power Outletí

The power outlet is positioned as shownin the figure.

For more details, refer to“Auxiliary terminals and power outlet”(page 6-110).

6-198

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (455,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-8

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-16Overheating ............................................................................. 7-16

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-18Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-18Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-20

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-21Towing Description ................................................................. 7-21Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-22Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-24

7-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (456,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (457,1)

Spare Tire and Tool StorageSpare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Jack

Jack lever

Lug wrench

Tiedown eyeletFlat tire belt

Spare tire carrier bolt socket


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (458,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Open the cargo sub-compartment.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Jack screw

Wing bolt

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing right and turnthe wing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Jack screw

Wing bolt

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

Maintenance

l Always keep the jack clean.l Make sure the moving parts are keptfree from dirt or rust.

l Make sure the screw thread isadequately lubricated.

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (459,1)

qSpare Tire

Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tirein place of the front wheels (drivingwheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tireon one of the front driving wheels isdangerous. Especially on ice or snow.Handling will be affected. You couldlose control of the vehicle and havean accident. Move a regular tire tothe front wheel and install thetemporary spare tire to the rear.

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire. Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire, so the groundclearance is reduced about25 mm (1 in).

Ø Do not use a tire chain on thistire because it will not fitproperly.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle;it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-30).

To remove the spare tire

1. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

2. Open the cargo sub-compartment.Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment onpage 6-195.


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (460,1)


Cover

4. Attach the socket to the spare tirecarrier bolt, the jack lever to the socket,and the lug wrench to the opposite endof the jack lever.

Bolt

Socket

Lug wrench

Jack lever

5. Slowly turn the lug wrenchcounterclockwise until the spare tirereaches the ground and the cablebecomes loose.

Spare tire

CAUTIONDo not loosen the cable too much asthis may cause damage to the sparetire carrier.

6. Rotate the small lever on top of theretaining plate and pull the retainingplate out from the center hole of thetire.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (461,1)

NOTEA flat tire which has been removed from thevehicle for repair cannot be carried in thespare tire carrier. Secure the flat tire with theflat tire belt in the cargo sub-compartment(page 7-12).

7. If the temporary spare tire is notreinstalled in the spare tire carrier,tighten the spare tire carrier boltcompletely to wind up the spare tirecarrier cable.

WARNINGAlways tighten the spare tire carrierbolt completely tight and make surethe spare tire is locked in the highestposition:

A loose spare tire carrier bolt isdangerous. The cable could be cutcausing the spare tire to fall off. Thiscould result in someone beingseriously injured or even killed. Use alug wrench to tighten the carrier boltand make sure to tighten it until aclick sound is heard.

To secure the spare tire

1. Place the tire with the outer side facingupward, rotate the small lever on top ofthe retaining plate and slide theretaining plate through the center holeof the tire.Rotate the small lever into place.

Lever

NOTESecure the spare tire as shown below.

Spare tire

2. Raise the spare tire slowly in reverseorder of removal.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (462,1)

WARNINGPlace the specialized temporary sparetire in the spare tire carrier correctly:

Placing the specialized temporaryspare tire in the spare tire carrierwrong side up or using any tire otherthan the small temporary spare tiredesigned for use with this vehicle isdangerous. It will result in poorattachment and insufficient groundclearance in the spare tire carrier andthe danger of the tire falling off. Thiscould result in someone being badlyinjured or even killed.

Always tighten the spare tire carrierbolt completely tight and make surethe spare tire is locked in the highestposition:

A loose spare tire carrier bolt isdangerous. The cable could be cutcausing the spare tire to fall off. Thiscould result in someone beingseriously injured or even killed. Use alug wrench to tighten the carrier boltand make sure to tighten it until aclick sound is heard.

CAUTIONIf you hear rattling from the sparetire carrier while the vehicle ismoving, the spare tire carrier cablemay be cut.Have it repaired at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Changing a Flat TireNOTEIf the following occurs while driving, it couldindicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tire.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone. No person should placeany portion of their body under avehicle that is supported by a jack.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (463,1)

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-32).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Shift into Park (P) and turn off theengine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire(page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire. When blocking a wheel,place a tire block both in front andbehind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

2. Place the jack on the ground.

3. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure and adjust the jackhead so that it is close to the jack-upposition.

Jack head


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (464,1)

4. Place the jack under the jack-upposition closest to the tire beingchanged with the jack head squarelyunder the jack-up point.

Jacking position Jacking position

5. Continue raising the jack headgradually by rotating the screw withyour hand until the jack head isinserted into the jack-up position.

Tire blocks

Jacking position

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Do not jack up the vehicle in a positionother than the designated jack-upposition or place any objects on orunder the jack:

Jacking up the vehicle in a positionother than the designated jack-upposition or placing objects on orunder the jack is dangerous as itcould deform the vehicle body or thevehicle could fall off the jackresulting in an accident.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (465,1)

6. Insert the jack lever and attach the lugwrench to tire jack.

7. Turn the lug wrench clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

WARNINGDo not jack up the vehicle higher thanis necessary:

Jacking up the vehicle higher than isnecessary is dangerous as it coulddestabilize the vehicle resulting in anaccident.

Do not start the engine or shake thevehicle while it is jacked up:

Starting the engine or shaking thevehicle while it is jacked up isdangerous as it could cause thevehicle to fall off the jack resulting inan accident.

Never go under the vehicle while it isjacked up:

Going under the vehicle while it isjacked up is dangerous as it couldresult in death or serious injury if thevehicle were to fall off the jack.

8. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise; then remove thewheel and center cap.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (466,1)

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove compartment andmailing it in the accompanying envelope.If you lose this key, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer or use the lockmanufacturer's order form, which is withthe registration card.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Do not use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Do not use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.

7-12


íSome models.

Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (467,1)

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you are unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)107.8―147.0

(11.0―14.9, 79.6―108.4)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Open the cargo sub-compartment.Refer to Cargo Sub-Compartment onpage 6-195.



Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (468,1)

7. Remove the belt for securing the flattire.

8. Return the third-row seatback to itsoriginal position.Refer to Split-Folding the Third-RowSeat on page 2-14.

9. Remove the tire blocks and store thetools and jack.

10. Place the flat tire in the cargo sub-compartment.

11. Thread the belt through the wheel asshown in the figure, then attach thebelt clips to the attachment loop.

NOTEAttach location *1 of the belt to the attachmentloop on the right.

Buckle

Belt clips

1

12. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.

13. Check the tire inflation pressure.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

7-14


Flat Tire


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (469,1)

14. Have the flat tire repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tires' airpressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-30).

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.


Flat Tire

7-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (470,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove either coolingsystem caps when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Shift into park (P).

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Do not go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant reservoirlevel.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

7-16


Overheating


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (471,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-21).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Overheating

7-17


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (472,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (473,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jumper cables

Discharged battery

Booster battery


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (474,1)

1. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

3. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

5. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransaxle by pushing it.

7-20


Emergency Starting


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (475,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle,where all the wheels are connected to thedrive train, proper transporting of thevehicle is absolutely essential to avoiddamaging the drive system. Governmentand local laws must be followed.

Wheel dollies

A towed 2WD vehicle should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rearwheels on the ground, release the parkingbrake.

A towed AWD vehicle must have all itswheels off the ground.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.


Emergency Towing

7-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (476,1)

WARNINGAlways tow a AWD vehicle with all fourwheels off the ground:

Towing a AWD vehicle with either thefront or rear wheels on the ground isdangerous as the drive train could bedamaged, or the vehicle could trailaway from the tow truck and causean accident. If the drive train hasbeen damaged, transport the vehicleon a flat bed truck.

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTIONDo not use the front and reartiedown eyelets for towing thevehicle.They have been designed only forsecuring the vehicle to a transportvessel during shipping.Using the eyelets for any otherpurpose could result in the vehiclebeing damaged.

qTiedown Hooks

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lugwrench from the trunk (page 7-3).

2. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similartool with a soft cloth to preventdamage to a painted bumper, and openthe cap located on the front or rearbumper.Remove the front bumper cap bypulling it from the position shown inthe figure.

Front

7-22


Emergency Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (477,1)

Rear

CAUTIONØ Do not use excessive force as it

may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.

Ø The rear bumper cover cannot beremoved completely. Attemptingto forcefully remove the rearbumper cover could result in itbeing damaged.

NOTERemove the front bumper cover completely andstore it so as not to lose it.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Front

Lug wrench

Rear

Lug wrench

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

Front

Rear


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (478,1)

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying downthe vehicle. Make sure that thetiedown eyelet is securely tightenedto the bumper.

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transaxle is not designed for towingthis vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-21) and“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-22) andcarefully follow the instructions.

7-24


Emergency Towing


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (479,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-9

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-16Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-16Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-17Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-18Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-19Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-21Brake Fluid ............................................................................. 8-23Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-24Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-24Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-25Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-26Battery ..................................................................................... 8-30Tires ........................................................................................ 8-32Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-38Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-47

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-54How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-54Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-56Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-60

8-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (480,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you are unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (481,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (482,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Drive beltsInspect every 168,000 km (105,000 miles)

Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Rear differential oil (AWD) *3*4

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

8-4




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (483,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceC: CleanT: TightenL: Lubricate

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil atevery 45,000 km (28,100 miles).a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrierb) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditionsc) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationd) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)

*4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.



8-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (484,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE

Drive beltsInspect every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

Replace every 240,000 km (150,000 miles)

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM


Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; afterthat, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuerto Rico C R C R

Others C R C

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugsUSA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others*3 Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (485,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I


Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I



8-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (486,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60


Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.a) Repeated short-distance drivingb) Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationc) Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

*4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil atevery 45,000 km (28,100 miles).a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrierb) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditionsc) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationd) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)


8-8




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (487,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.



8-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (488,1)

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Drive beltsInspect every 40,000 km or 2 years

Replace every 240,000 km

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I


Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I


Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-10




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (489,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120


Cabin air filter R R R

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceT: TightenL: Lubricate

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil atevery 40,000 km.a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrierb) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditionsc) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationd) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km




8-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (490,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I


Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

8-12




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (491,1)



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60



Chart symbols:


Remarks:







8-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (492,1)

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I


Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

8-14




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (493,1)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120



Chart symbols:


Remarks:







8-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (494,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake fluid level (page 8-23)l Engine coolant level (page 8-21)l Engine oil level (page 8-20)l Washer fluid level (page 8-24)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-32)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Power steering fluid level (page 8-24)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-21)l Engine oil (page 8-19)

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (495,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting towork near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

Do not leave items in the engine compartment:After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, donot forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or afire leading to an unexpected accident.


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (496,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir

Battery Fuse block

Windscreen washer fluid reservoir

Engine oil-filler cap

Engine oil dipstick

Relay box

Power steering fluid reservoir

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (497,1)

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Partsand Castrol (U.S.A and Mexico). Foroptimal engine performance, there arecertain types of engine oils and filterssuitable for your vehicle. Please consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (498,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

806040200–40 –20

30

120100

504020100–10–20–30–40

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Max

Min

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.The level is normal if it is betweenMIN and MAX. If it is below MIN,add oil to raise the level within thehatching zone.

CAUTIONDo not add engine oil over MAX. Thismay cause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (499,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Switch the ignition to off andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove either coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it is at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tankcap after adding coolant.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (500,1)

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Do not add only water. Alwaysadd a proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Do not use a solution thatcontains more than 60%antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, it is recommended to useMazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant (page8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (501,1)

Brake Fluid

qInspecting Brake Fluid Level

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake linings. If itis excessively low, have the brake systeminspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qAdding Brake Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake fluid level is low, have thebrakes inspected:

Low brake fluid levels are dangerous.Low levels could signal brake liningwear or a brake system leak. Yourbrakes could fail and cause anaccident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake fluid will damage painted

surfaces. If brake fluid does get ona painted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake fluids(page 10-4) will damage thesystem. Mixing different fluids willalso damage it.If the brake system frequentlyrequires new fluid, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (502,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MAX andMIN.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (503,1)

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

NOTEFront and rear washer fluid is supplied fromthe same reservoir.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (504,1)

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. Whenwashing or servicing your Mazda,make sure the wiper lever is in theOFF position.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTETo prevent damage to the wiper arm bladeswhen raising both the driver and passengerside wiper arms, raise the driver side wiperarm first. Conversely, when setting down thewiper arms, set the passenger side wiper armdown first.

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Open the clip and slide the bladeassembly in the direction of the arrow.

3. Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similartool with a soft cloth to preventdamage to the clip.

NOTEUsing a soft cloth-wrapped flatheadscrewdriver.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (505,1)

4. Tilt the blade assembly and remove itfrom the arm.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

5. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of blade holder.

6. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the

stiffeners. You need to use themagain.

Ø If the metal stiffeners areswitched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (506,1)

7. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

qReplacing Rear Window WiperBlade

When the wiper no longer cleans well, theblade is probably worn or cracked.Replace it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Remove the cover and raise the wiperarm.

2. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to theright until it unlocks, then remove theblade.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the rearwindow let the wiper arm downeasily, don't let it slap down on therear window.

3. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of the blade holder.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (507,1)

4. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONDon't bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

5. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (508,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (509,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (510,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tire, use only thesame type tires (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-6)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valvecap:

Use of a non-genuine part isdangerous as the correct tire airpressure cannot be maintained if thetire valve becomes damaged. If thevehicle is driven under this condition,the tire air pressure will decreasewhich could result in a seriousaccident. Do not use any part for thetire valve cap that is not a Mazda-genuine part.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (511,1)

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spare) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-6).

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

WARNINGRotate tires periodically:

Irregular tire wear is dangerous. Toequalize tread wear for maintaininggood performance in handling andbraking, rotate the tires according tothe scheduled maintenance charts.Refer to Scheduled Maintenance onpage 8-3.


Owner Maintenance

8-33íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (512,1)

During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-6) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be reduced ifrotated from side to side.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

Replace all four tires at the same time:Replacing just one tire is dangerous.It could cause poor handling andpoor braking resulting in loss ofvehicle control. Mazda stronglyrecommends that you replace all fourtires at the same time.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-32.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (513,1)

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before theband crosses the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) isindicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

(Except Mexico)Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).(Mexico)Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa (2.5kgf/cm2 or bar, 36 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km.The tread life may be shorterdepending on driving conditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-34).


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (514,1)

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) isindicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ (With Tire Pressure Monitoring

System)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-32.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset(inset/outset).

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (515,1)

MEMO

8-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (516,1)

Light Bulbs

Headlights (Low beam)

Headlights (High beam)

High-mount brake light

Fog lights

Front turn signal lights

Side turn signal lights

Courtesy lights

Some models.

License plate lights

Brake lights/Taillights

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Vanity mirror lights

Overhead light (Center) Overhead light (Rear)

Front side marker lights

Rear side marker lights

Rear turn signal lights

Reverse lights

Luggage compartment light

Parking lights

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (517,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Headlight bulb

High-beam bulb

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

3. Turn the cover counterclockwise andremove it.

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling the tab on theconnector with your finger and pullingthe connector downward.


Owner Maintenance

8-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (518,1)

5. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

NOTEl To replace the bulb, contact an Authorized

Mazda Dealerl If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton of thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly out of the reach of children.

Low-beam bulb

(Xenon fusion bulb)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself. The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.(Halogen bulbs)

1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

3. Remove the attachment bolts and thecoolant reservoir before replacing thelight bulb.


8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (519,1)

5. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling the tab on theconnector with your finger and pullingthe connector downward.

6. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.


8. Install the coolant reservoir. If you areunsure of how tight the bolts should be,have them inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Bolt tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)6.9―11.8(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)





Parking lights

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.


4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.


Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (520,1)

5. Remove the bulb by pushing it inslightly and turning itcounterclockwise.


Front side marker lights, Front turnsignal lights


2. Lift the hood.

3. Remove the attachment bolts and thecoolant reservoir before replacing thelight bulb.


5. Remove the bulb by pushing it inslightly and turning itcounterclockwise.

Front side marker lights

Front turn signal lights


7. Install the coolant reservoir. If you areunsure of how tight the bolts should be,have them inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Bolt tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)6.9―11.8(0.7―1.2, 5.1―8.7)

Fog lightsí


8-42


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (521,1)

2. Turn the screws counterclockwise andremove them.

3. Turn the screws and the center sectionof the plastic retainerscounterclockwise and remove them,then remove the mudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

5. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.Carefully remove the bulb from itssocket in the reflector by gently pullingit straight backward out of the socket.






Side turn signal lightsí, Brake lights,Taillights, High-mount brake light

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs must bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTELED bulb replacement is not possible becauseit is built into the unit. Replace the unit.


Owner Maintenance

8-43íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (522,1)

Rear turn signal lights, Rear side-marker light

1. Turn the bolts counterclockwise andremove them.

2. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.


Rear turn signal lights

Rear side-marker light

4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.


8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (523,1)

Reverse lights



3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.


NOTETo replace the bulb, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

License plate lights

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the lens andremove the lens by carefully prying onthe edge of the lens with a flatheadscrewdriver.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front),Overhead light (Center, Rear), Luggagecompartment light, Courtesy lights,Vanity mirror lights

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)


Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (524,1)

Overhead light (Center, Rear)

Luggage compartment light

Courtesy lights

Vanity mirror lights


8-46


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (525,1)

FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing fuses located behind theglove compartment

If an electrical system is inoperative,inspect the fuses located behind the glovecompartment.

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Open the glove compartment.


Fuse

4. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the fuse blocklocated in the engine compartment.

5. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown


Owner Maintenance

8-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (526,1)

6. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe ROOM circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

7. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,and other switches are off.

2. Remove the fuse block cover or therelay box cover.

Fuse block

Relay box

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

4. Reinstall the cover and make sure thatit is securely installed.

8-48


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (527,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 MAIN 150 A For protection of all circuits

2 ENGINE 20 A Engine control system

3 R HEATER 40 A Heater

4 P.SEAT R 30 A Power seat (RH)í

5 HEATER 50 A Heater

6 IGKEY2 40 A For protection of various circuits

7 FAN130 Aí

Cooling fan40 Aí

8 P.SEAT L 40 A Power seat (LH)í

9 DEFOG 30 A Rear window defroster

10 BTN 50 A For protection of various circuits

11 FUEL PUMP 30 A Fuel pump

12 IGKEY1 30 A For protection of various circuits

13 FOG 15 A Fog lightsí

14 ABS (SOL) 30 A ABS

15 D/L 25 A Power door locks

16 ROOM 15 A Overhead light


Owner Maintenance

8-49íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (528,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


17 OUTLET CTR 15 A Accessory socket (Center)

18 OUTLET RR 15 A Accessory socket (Rear)

19 AC PWR 15 A Moonroofí, DC/AC inverterí

20 S.WARM 15 A Seat warmerí

21 A/C MAG 10 A Air conditioner

22 BOSE 25 A Audio system (Bose® Sound System-equipped model)í

23 FAN230 Aí

Cooling fan40 Aí

24 ABS 50 A ABS

25 IG COIL 25 A Engine control system

26 H/L LOW L 15 A Headlight-left (Low beam)

27 H/L LOW R 15 A Headlight-right (Low beam)

28 H/L HIGH 20 A Headlight-high (High beam)

29 HAZARD 15 A Hazard warning flashers

30 10 A PCM

31 HORN 15 A Horn

32 STOP 7.5 A Brake lights

33 EGI INJ 10 A Engine control system

34 ENG BAR 20 A Engine control system

35 ENG BAR 2 7.5 A PCM

8-50


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (529,1)

Relay box (Engine compartment)í

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 INJ 7.5 A Engine control system

2 ― ― ―

3 ― ― ―


Owner Maintenance

8-51íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (530,1)

Fuse block (Glove box)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 OUTLET FR 15 A Accessory socket (Front)

2 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror

3 ― ― ―

4 METER 10 A Instrument cluster

5 SAS 7.5 A ABS, Air bag

6 ENG.IGA 7.5 A Engine control system

7 STA 7.5 A Ignition system

8 ― ― ―

9 A/C 7.5 A Air conditioner

10 R.WIPER 15 A Rear window wiper and washer

11 TRAILER ― ―

12 P.LIFT GATE 20 A Power lift gateí

13 SUNROOF 15 A Moonroofí

14 AUDIO 10 A Audio systemí

15 M.DEF 10 A Mirror defrosterí

16 P/W 25 A Power windows (Passenger-side)

17 TAIL 10 A Taillight

18 ILLUMI 10 A Dashboard illumination

19 INJ 7.5 A Engine control system

8-52


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (531,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


20 ― ― ―

21 OUTLET CTR ― ―

22 OUTLET RR ― ―

23 WIPER 30 A Windshield wiper and washer

24 P.WIND 30 A Power windows (Driver-side)


Owner Maintenance

8-53


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (532,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.

8-54


Appearance Care


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (533,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.


Appearance Care

8-55


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (534,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONØ When the wiper lever is in the

AUTO position and the ignition isswitched ON, the wipers maymove automatically in thefollowing cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched or wiped witha cloth.

Ø If the windshield is struck witha hand or other object fromeither outside or inside thevehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the wiperlever is in the AUTO position andthe ignition is switched ON asfingers could be pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen the wipers activateautomatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely―this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow―when it ismost likely that the engine is leftrunning.

Ø Do not spray water in the enginecompartment. Otherwise, it couldresult in engine-starting problemsor damage to electrical parts.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Do not use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

8-56


Appearance Care


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (535,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay damage the protectivecoating; also, cleaners anddetergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,remove it before entering a carwash facility or passing beneath alow overhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Do not allowsoap to dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry off brakes that have become wetby driving slowly, releasing theaccelerator pedal and lightly applyingthe brakes several times until the brakeperformance returns to normal:


When using a high water pressure carwash

High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of car washmachine. If the car washer nozzle is puttoo close to the vehicle, the force of thespray could damage or deform themolding, affect the sealability of parts,and allow water to penetrate the interior.Keep a sufficient space (30 cm or more)between the nozzle and the vehicle. Inaddition, do not spend too much timespraying the same area of the vehicle, andbe very careful when spraying betweengaps in doors and around windows.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.


Appearance Care

8-57


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (536,1)

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle does not need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

8-58


Appearance Care


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (537,1)

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

CAUTIONDo not use any detergent other thanmild detergent. Before using anydetergent, verify the ingredients.Otherwise, the product could discoloror stain the aluminum wheels.

NOTEl Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Always use a sponge or soft cloth to cleanthe wheels.Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarmor cold water. Also, be sure to clean thewheels after driving on dusty or saltedroads to help prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)Check special requirements for Tire PressureMonitoring System.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-32.

qPlastic Part Maintenance

l When cleaning the plastic lenses of thelights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highlyacidic detergents, or strongly alkalinedetergents. Otherwise, these chemicalagents can discolor or damage thesurfaces resulting in a significant lossin functionality. If plastic parts becomeinadvertently exposed to any of thesechemical agents, flush with waterimmediately.

l If plastic parts such as the bumpersbecome inadvertently exposed tochemical agents or fluids such asgasoline, oil, engine coolant, or batteryfluid, it could cause discoloration,staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off anysuch chemical agents or fluids using asoft cloth immediately.


Appearance Care

8-59


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (538,1)

l High water temperature and high waterpressure car washers are availabledepending on the type of high pressurecar washer device. If the car washernozzle is put too close to the vehicle oraimed at one area for an extendedperiod of time, it could deform plasticparts or damage the paint.

l Do not use wax containing compounds(polish). Otherwise, it could result inpaint damage.

l In addition, do not use an electrical orair tool to apply wax. Otherwise, thefrictional heat generated could result indeformation of plastic parts or paintdamage.

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolorthe dashboard. If these solutions get onthe dashboard, wipe them offimmediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leather

Remove dust and sand first using avacuum cleaner or other means, then wipedirt off using a soft cloth with a leathercleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mildsoap.Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soapusing a cloth soaked in clean water andwrung out well.Remove moisture with a dry, soft clothand allow the leather to further dry in awell-ventilated, shaded area. If the leathergets wet such as from rain, also removemoisture and dry it as soon as possible.

8-60


Appearance Care


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (539,1)

NOTEl Because genuine leather is a natural

material, its surface is not uniform and itmay have natural scars, scratches, andwrinkles.

l To maintain the quality for as long aspossible, periodical maintenance, abouttwice a year, is recommended.

l Sand and dust on the seat surface maydamage the overcoat of the genuine leathersurfaces and accelerate wear.

l Greasy soiling on genuine leather maycause molding and stains.

l Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or clothmay cause damage.

l Do not wipe the leather using alcohol,chlorine bleach, or organic solvents such asthinner, benzene, or gasoline. Otherwise, itmay cause discoloration or stains.

l If the seats get wet, promptly removemoisture with a dry cloth. Remainingmoisture on the surface may causedeterioration such as hardening andshrinkage.

l Exposure to direct sunlight for long periodsmay cause deterioration and shrinkage.When parking the car under direct sunlightfor long periods, shade the interior usingsunshades.

l Do not leave vinyl products on the seats forlong periods as they may affect the leatherquality and coloring. If the cabintemperature becomes hot, the vinyl maydeteriorate and adhere to the genuineleather.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Piano black panelí

The following parts are fitted with panelsthat have been treated with a specialcoating that resists scratching.l Center panell Steering wheel (partial)l Door trim panelWhen the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTEScratches or nicks on the panels resulting fromthe use of a hard brush or cloth may not berepairable.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.


Appearance Care

8-61íSome models.


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (540,1)

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONØ Do not scrape or scratch the inside

of the window glass. It coulddamage the thermal filamentsand the antenna lines.

Ø When washing the inside of thewindow glass, use a soft clothdampened in lukewarm water,gently wiping the thermalfilaments and the antenna lines.Use of glass cleaning productscould damage the thermalfilaments and the antenna lines.

qCleaning the Floor Mats

Rubber floor mats should be cleaned withmild soap and water only.

WARNINGDo not use rubber cleaners, such as tirecleaner or tire shine, when cleaningrubber floor mats:

Cleaning the rubber floor mats withrubber cleaning products makes thefloor mats slippery.This may cause an accident whendepressing the accelerator or brakepedal or when getting in or out of thevehicle.

After removing the floor mats forcleaning, always reinstall themsecurely.Refer to Floor Mat on page 4-9.

8-62


Appearance Care


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (541,1)

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-7Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) ... 9-10Customer Assistance (Mexico) ......... 9-11

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-13Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-13Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-13

Warranty ................................................ 9-15Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-15Outside the United States andCanada .............................................. 9-16Outside the United States .................. 9-17Outside Canada ................................. 9-18Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-19Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-20

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-21Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-21

Event Data Recorder ............................. 9-22Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-22

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-23

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-23

Tire Information (except Canada) ....... 9-25Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-25Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-31Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-34Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-37Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-44

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-45Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-45Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-46

Service Publications .............................. 9-47Service Publications .......................... 9-47

9-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (542,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North AmericanOperations by one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the “Inside Mazda” tab, or at the bottom of thepage at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (543,1)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (544,1)

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!

qCalifornia Customers

1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration CertificationProgram of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.

2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you tobring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBBAUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months afterthe expiration of the warranty.

3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for thecall.

4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name andaddress, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and astatement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, theapproximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to theattention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.

5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. Ifmediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claimswithin the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informalhearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from thetime your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contactMazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests aninspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report byBBB AUTO LINE.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (545,1)

6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights orremedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required touse BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I ofthe Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seekredress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE isnot required by those statutes.

7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative isunable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable expresswarranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace orrepurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumptionthat Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to itsapplicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the followingoccurs:l The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty thatsubstantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition thatis likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND thenonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agentsAND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or itsagents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of thenonconformity; OR

l The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or itsagents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of thevehicle to the buyer.

NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THEFOLLOWING ADDRESS:Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618ATTN: Customer Mediation

8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursementfor money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehiclenonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation fordamages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.

9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multipledamages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in CaliforniaCivil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (546,1)

10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject thedecision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision andany findings will be admissible in a court action.

11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and willcomply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after wereceive notice of your acceptance of the decision.

12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (547,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-9).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (548,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish touse the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (549,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (550,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:



3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)

9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (551,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qContact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition inaccordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoidthe potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party ishired by the customer to make any modifications to this system.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 01 800 01 MAZDA (62932)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda Motor de MexicoMario Pani #150, PB Col. Lomas de Santa FeMexico, D.F. C.P. 05300Del. Cuajimalpa de MorelosTel: Customer Assistance01 800 01 MAZDA (62932).

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:



Customer Assistance

9-11


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (552,1)

2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)

9-12


Customer Assistance


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (553,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoMario Pani # 150, PB Col. Lomas deSanta Fe Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300 Del.CuajimalpaTEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-13


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (554,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

9-14


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (555,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (556,1)

Outside the United States and CanadaGovernment regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meetspecific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in theUnited States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside these areas.You may have these problems if you do:

l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated inthe United States, its territories, and Canada.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (557,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.


Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (558,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.


Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-18


Warranty


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (559,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether itmeets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will bedriven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in orderto meet the regulations.In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.


Warranty

9-19


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (560,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.

9-20


Warranty


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (561,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your State or Province:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.


Cell Phones

9-21


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (562,1)

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle. The data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle isdesigned to record such data as:l How various systems in your vehicle were operating;l Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;l How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,l How fast the vehicle was traveling.These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTEEDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash-like situation occurs;no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name,gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during acrash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as lawenforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have accessto the vehicle or the EDR.

Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless:l Awritten agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtainedl Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authoritiesl Used as a defense for Mazda in a law suit, claim, or arbitrationl Ordered by a judge or courtHowever, if necessary Mazda will:l Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance, including safety.l Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes withoutdisclosing vehicle or owner identification information.

9-22


Event Data Recorder


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (563,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-23


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (564,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-24


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (565,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the sample below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Run-flat tire

7. Rim diameter code

8. Load index & speed symbol

9. Severe snow conditions

10. Tire ply composition and materials used


Tire Information (except Canada)

9-25


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (566,1)

11. Max. load rating

12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

13. Max. permissible inflation pressure

14. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-26




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (567,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-27


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (568,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-28




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (569,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the sample below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index & speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-29


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (570,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-30




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (571,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-31


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (572,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-32




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (573,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-33


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (574,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

9-34




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (575,1)

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The period in which the tire wasmanufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit number.Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9-25.

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking



9-35


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (576,1)

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-36




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (577,1)

Vehicle LoadingThis section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keepyour loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's SafetyCertification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD



9-37


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (578,1)

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

SAMPLE

9-38




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (579,1)

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part ofcargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.



9-39


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (580,1)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-40




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (581,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-41


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (582,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus theweight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle canhandle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is ratedfor operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safecontrol of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW mustnever exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailerthe vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal orexternal), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RVandTrailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that atrailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain aproper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-42




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (583,1)

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.



9-43


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (584,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 _ 750 (5 × 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-44




Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (585,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC,20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-13) inthis booklet.


Reporting Safety Defects

9-45


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (586,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-46


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (587,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they do not have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-003B-12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-003B-12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-009G-12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-009G-12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-011C-12 (U.S.A. only) 2012 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-011C-12 (Canada only) 2012 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-011C-12 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2012 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-011C-12NAV (U.S.A. only) 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-011C-12NAV (Canada only) 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-011C-12NAV (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.


Service Publications

9-47


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (588,1)

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.

9-48


Service Publications


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (589,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

Personalization Features ............................................................ 10-8Personalization Features .......................................................... 10-8

10-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (590,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

Open the cover shown in the figure tocheck the chassis number.

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (591,1)

qTire Pressure Label

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (592,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item Specification

Type DOHC-24V 60°V, 6-cylinder

Bore×Stroke 95.5 × 86.7 mm (3.75 × 3.41 in)

Displacement 3,726 ml (3,726 cc, 227.4 cu in)

Compression ratio 10.3

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery 12V-55AH/5HR

Spark-plug number Motorcraft AYFS22FM

Spark-plug gap 1.29―1.45 mm (0.051―0.057 in)

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the platinum plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulatecoating on the platinum alloy could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8-19.

Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309

Transfer case oil API Service GL-5 (SAE 75W-140)

Rear differential oil API Service GL-5 (SAE 80W-90)

Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M-III, M-V, or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake fluid SAE J1703, or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (593,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oilWith oil filter replacement 5.2 L (5.5 US qt, 4.6 Imp qt)

Without oil filter replacement 4.7 L (5.0 US qt, 4.2 Imp qt)

Coolant

Mexico 12.1 L (12.8 US qt, 10.6 Imp qt)

Except MexicoWith Towing Package 12.1 L (12.8 US qt, 10.6 Imp qt)

Without Towing Package 11.5 L (12.2 US qt, 10.1 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle fluid 6.6 L (7.0 US qt, 5.8 Imp qt)

Transfer case oil 0.532 L (0.562 US qt, 0.468 Imp qt)

Rear differential oil 1.0 L (1.1 US qt, 0.9 Imp qt)

Washer fluid 4.5 L (4.8 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt)

Fuel tank 76.0 L (20.1 US gal, 16.7 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Vehicle specification

Overall length 5,086 mm (200.2 in)

Overall width 1,936 mm (76.2 in)

Overall height 1,728 mm (68.0 in)

Front tread 1,654 mm (65.1 in)

Rear tread 1,644 mm (64.7 in)

Wheelbase 2,875 mm (113.2 in)

qWeights

ItemWeight

2WD AWD

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 2,645 kg (5,831 lbs) 2,720 kg (5,997 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 1,276 kg (2,813 lbs) 1,307 kg (2,881 lbs)

Rear 1,400 kg (3,086 lbs) 1,458 kg (3,214 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Item Classification

Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (594,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 60 HB3 (HB3)

Low beamHalogen 55 H11 (H11)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W (23CP)

Front side-marker lights 5 WY5W (3CP)

Parking lights 5 W5W (4CP)

Fog lightsí 51 HB4 (#9006)

Side turn signal lights (Integrated with outside mirrors)í LED*1 ― (―)

High-mount brake light LED*1 ― (―)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (23CP)

Taillights/Brake lights LED*1― (―)

Reverse lights 21 W21W (#7440)

License plate lights 5 W5W (4CP)

Rear side-marker lights 5 W5W (4CP)

*1 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R

Overhead lights/Map lights (Front) 8 ―

Overhead light (Center) 10 ―

Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―

Courtesy lights 5 T10

Vanity mirror lights 2 ―

Luggage compartment light 10 ―

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (595,1)

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-32.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front Rear

P245/60R18 104H 250 kPa (36 psi) 250 kPa (36 psi)

P245/50R20 102V 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)

Temporary spare tire

(Except Mexico)

Tire size Inflation pressure

T155/90D18 103M 420 kPa (60 psi)

(Mexico)

Tire size Inflation pressure

195/80R17 99M 250 kPa (36 psi)

qFuses

Refer to Fuses on page 8-47.

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (596,1)

Personalization FeaturesThe following “Personalization Features” are available. These settings can only be changed by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings

Advanced keylessentry

The advanced key's remaining battery levelwarning light in the instrument cluster can bedeactivated

Activated Deactivated

The beep sound which is heard whenlocking/unlocking all doors or the liftgate canbe deactivated*1

Activated Deactivated

The function to automatically lock the doorswhen leaving the vehicle while carrying the keycan be activated*2

Deactivated Activated

*1 When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.*2 When the autolock function is enabled, windows will not automatically close. You must close them before

leaving vehicle.

10-8

Personalization Features


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (597,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (598,1)

A

Accessory Socket ............................ 6-197Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-20Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-17Auxiliary key .............................. 3-17Locking, unlocking with requestswitch ........................................... 3-8Operational range ......................... 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-13Service ......................................... 3-7Warning and beep sounds .......... 3-18When warning indicator/beep isactivated ..................................... 3-20

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-55All-Wheel Drive(AWD) Operation ............................. 5-17

AWD warning light .................... 5-18Ambient Temperature Display ........ 6-187Antenna ............................................. 6-17Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-8

Warning light ............................... 5-9Appearance Care ............................... 8-54Armrest Box .................................... 6-194Audio System ................................... 6-17

Audio control switch .................. 6-65Audio set (Type A) ..................... 6-29Audio set (Type B) ..................... 6-39AUX mode ................................. 6-68Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-17Safety certification ..................... 6-71

A

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-16Manual shift mode ..................... 5-13Shift-lock system ....................... 5-13Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-12

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-18Maintenance ............................... 8-30Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsBlind spot monitoring systemwarning ...................................... 5-59Ignition key reminder ................. 5-58Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-58Parking brake reminder .............. 5-59Seat belt warning ........................ 5-58Tire inflation pressure warning... 5-59

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Blind Spot Monitoring(BSM) System .................................. 5-34

BSM OFF Indicator Light .......... 5-36BSM OFF Switch ....................... 5-37Care of radar sensors .................. 5-37Warning Light/Beep ................... 5-36

Bluetooth Audio (Type B) .............. 6-125

11-2

Index


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (599,1)

B

Bluetooth Hands-Free(Panel Operation) ............................ 6-164

Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................. 6-166Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ...................................... 6-169Hands-Free Setting ................... 6-173Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service ..................... 6-176Safety Certification .................. 6-176When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannotbe Used .................................... 6-175

Bluetooth Hands-Free(Voice Recognition) ........................ 6-133

Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................. 6-138Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ...................................... 6-144Hands-Free Setting ................... 6-153Mazda Bluetooth Hands-FreeCustomer Service ..................... 6-163Safety Certification .................. 6-162When Bluetooth Hands-Free Cannotbe Used .................................... 6-162

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-25Bottle Holder ................................... 6-193Brake

Fluid ........................................... 8-23Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-8Brakes assist ............................... 5-10Foot brake .................................... 5-5Pad wear indicator ...................... 5-10Parking brake ............................... 5-7Warning light ............................... 5-8

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-38

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Cargo Securing Loops .................... 6-194Cargo Sub-Compartment ................ 6-195Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-21Center Console ................................ 6-194Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-36Child-restraint system installationposition ...................................... 2-41Installing child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-42LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-50

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-32Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-5Clock ............................................... 6-187Coin Box ......................................... 6-194Courtesy Lights ............................... 6-185Cruise Control ................................... 5-20Cup Holder ...................................... 6-191Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-42Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-65Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-74Rear window .............................. 5-73

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-28Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-12Driving on Uneven Road .................. 4-13

Index

11-3


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (600,1)

D

Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6Automatic transaxle ................... 5-16Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area .............. 4-12Driving on uneven road ............. 4-13Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-9Winter driving ............................ 4-10

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)/Roll Stability Control(RSC) ................................................ 5-26

TCS/DSC/RSC Indicator light.... 5-27

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-18Jump-starting .............................. 7-18Push-starting .............................. 7-20

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-21Emission Control System .................... 4-3Engine

Coolant ....................................... 8-21Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-49Oil .............................................. 8-19Overheating ................................ 7-16Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-18Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-16Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-41Event Data Recorder ......................... 9-22Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-56

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-75Headlights .................................. 5-60

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-8Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-16

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-67Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats(Electrically Operated Seats) ............... 2-4Front Seats(Manually Operated Seats) ................. 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-47Gauge ......................................... 5-42Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-47Panel description ........................ 8-49Replacement ............................... 8-47

G

Glove Compartment ........................ 6-194

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-75Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-60Flashing ...................................... 5-64High-low beam .......................... 5-63Leveling ..................................... 5-65On reminder ............................... 5-63

11-4

Index


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (601,1)

H

HomeLink Wireless ControlSystem .............................................. 5-75Hood Release .................................... 3-49Horn .................................................. 5-74

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-21Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ............... 6-184Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-54Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-58Indicator Lights ................................. 5-44

BSM OFF ................................... 5-57Cruise ......................................... 5-56Headlight high-beam .................. 5-55Security ...................................... 5-55Shift position .............................. 5-55TCS OFF .................................... 5-56TCS/DSC/RSC ........................... 5-56Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-57

Information Display ........................ 6-186Ambient temperature display .... 6-187Audio display ........................... 6-188Climate control display ............ 6-188Clock ........................................ 6-187Information display functions... 6-186Trip computer ........................... 6-188

Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-39Interior Care ...................................... 8-60Interior Lights ................................. 6-184

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-18

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-22Keys .................................................. 3-21

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-66Liftgate .............................................. 3-33Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-38Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighting Control ............................... 5-60Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4Luggage Compartment Light .......... 6-185

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-17Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-16Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Map Lights ...................................... 6-185Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-74Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-65Rearview mirror ......................... 3-66

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Moonroof .......................................... 3-51

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-40Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-65Overhead Console ........................... 6-193Overhead Lights .............................. 6-184Overheating ....................................... 7-16

Index

11-5


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (602,1)

O

Overloading ...................................... 4-12

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-54Parking Brake ..................................... 5-7Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Personalization Features ................... 10-8Power Door Locks ............................ 3-29Power Liftgate ................................... 3-35Power Outlet ................................... 6-198Power Steering .................................. 5-17

Fluid ........................................... 8-24Power Windows ................................ 3-40Push-Starting ..................................... 7-20

R

Rear Coat Hooks ............................. 6-196Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-32Rear Entertainment System ............... 6-72

Before operation ......................... 6-85Country code list ...................... 6-116Language code list ................... 6-114Sound output .............................. 6-91

Rear View Monitor ......................... 6-177Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-73Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-73Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-72Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-66Recreational Towing ......................... 7-24Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-19Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-9Roll-over ............................................. 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-45Seat Belt System

3-point type ................................ 2-24Automatic locking ...................... 2-23Center-rear lap/shoulder ............. 2-29Emergency locking .................... 2-22Extender ..................................... 2-33Pregnant women ........................ 2-22Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-26Seat belt precautions .................. 2-20Seat belt reminder ....................... 2-35Warning light ............................. 2-34

SeatsFront seat(Electrically operated seats) ......... 2-4Front seat(Manually operated seats) ............ 2-2Seat warmer ................................ 2-18Second-row seats ......................... 2-9Third-row seat ............................ 2-13

Second-Row Seats .............................. 2-9Security System

Immobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-54Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-58Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-62

Service Publications .......................... 9-47Shopping Bag Hook ........................ 6-195Side Extension Sunvisors ................ 6-183Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-40

11-6

Index


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (603,1)

S

SRS Air BagsDriver and front passenger occupantclassification system .................. 2-69How the SRS air bags work ....... 2-62Limitations to SRS air bag ......... 2-67Monitoring and maintenance ..... 2-74SRS air bag deploymentcriteria ........................................ 2-66Supplemental restraint system(SRS) precautions ...................... 2-55Supplemental restraint systemcomponents ................................ 2-61

Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-65

Horn ........................................... 5-74Storage Compartments .................... 6-193

Armrest box ............................. 6-194Cargo securing loops ................ 6-194Cargo sub-compartment ........... 6-195Center console .......................... 6-194Coin box ................................... 6-194Glove compartment .................. 6-194Overhead console ..................... 6-193Rear coat hooks ........................ 6-196Shopping bag hook .................. 6-195

Sunshade ........................................... 3-53Sunvisors ........................................ 6-183

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-41Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-35Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-62Third-Row Seat ................................. 2-13Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-22Tire Information ................................ 9-25

T

Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-28System error activation .............. 5-32Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-30Tires and wheels ......................... 5-32

TiresFlat tire ......................................... 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-32Replacement ............................... 8-34Rotation ...................................... 8-33Snow tires .................................. 4-10Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-6Tire chains .................................. 4-11Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-23

Tool ..................................................... 7-3Towing

Description ................................. 7-21Emergency towing ..................... 7-21Recreational towing ................... 7-24Trailer Towing(U.S.A. and Canada) .................. 4-14

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23TCS OFF indicator light ............ 5-24TCS OFF switch ........................ 5-25TCS/DSC/RSC indicator light.... 5-24

Trailer Towing .................................. 4-14Trip Meter ......................................... 5-40Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-66

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................. 6-183Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

Index

11-7


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

Black plate (604,1)

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-44ABS ............................................ 5-47Air bag system ........................... 5-49Automatic transaxle ................... 5-51AWD .......................................... 5-51Brake system .............................. 5-46Charging system ......................... 5-48Check engine .............................. 5-48Check fuel cap ........................... 5-50Door-ajar .................................... 5-50Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-48Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-49KEY warning light(red)/KEY indicator light(green) ........................................ 5-53Low fuel ..................................... 5-50Low washer fluid level ............... 5-50Powertrain malfunction/reducedpower .......................................... 5-49Seat belt ...................................... 5-50Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-51

Warranty ............................................ 9-15Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-24Weights ............................................. 10-5Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-36Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-40Windshield Washer ........................... 5-72Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-68

Blades replacement .................... 8-26Winter Driving .................................. 4-10

11-8

Index


Form No.8CA9-EC-11G

form no.8ca9-ec-11g€¦ · exterior overview cx-9_8ca9-ec-11g_edition1 page12 wednesday, june 29...

Documents